1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
16 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
17 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
18 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
19 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
20 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
29 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
30 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
31 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
33 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
34 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
36 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
37 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
38 // FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's)
39 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
40 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
41 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
42 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
43 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
44 #include <algorithm>
45 #include <cstring>
46 #include <functional>
47 using namespace clang;
48 using namespace sema;
49 
50 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
51   if (OwnedType) {
52     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
53     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
54   }
55 
56   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
57 }
58 
59 namespace {
60 
61 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
62  public:
63   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid) : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid) {
64     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
65     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
66     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
67   }
68 
69   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
70     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
71       return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
72           (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
73     else
74       return candidate.isKeyword();
75   }
76 
77  private:
78   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
79 };
80 
81 }
82 
83 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
84 /// return the declaration of that type.
85 ///
86 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
87 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
88 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
89 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
90 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
91 ///
92 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
93 /// and then return NULL.
94 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
95                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
96                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
97                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
98                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
99                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
100                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
101   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
102   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
103   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
104     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
105     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
106       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
107   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
108     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
109 
110     if (!LookupCtx) {
111       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
112         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
113         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
114         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
115         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
116         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
117         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
118         //
119         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
120         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
121         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
122           return ParsedType();
123 
124         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
125         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
126         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
127           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
128 
129         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
130         QualType T =
131           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
132                             II, NameLoc);
133 
134           return ParsedType::make(T);
135       }
136 
137       return ParsedType();
138     }
139 
140     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
141         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
142       return ParsedType();
143   }
144 
145   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
146   // lookup for class-names.
147   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
148                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
149   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
150   if (LookupCtx) {
151     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
152     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
153     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
154     // nested-name-specifier.
155     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
156 
157     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
158       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
159       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
160       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
161       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
162       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
163       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
164       LookupName(Result, S);
165     }
166   } else {
167     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
168     LookupName(Result, S);
169   }
170 
171   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
172   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
173   case LookupResult::NotFound:
174   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
175     if (CorrectedII) {
176       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true);
177       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
178                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator);
179       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
180       TemplateTy Template;
181       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
182       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
183       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
184       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
185       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
186       if (SS && NNS) {
187         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
188         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
189       }
190       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
191           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
192           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
193           // is handled elsewhere).
194           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
195             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
196                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
197         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
198                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
199                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
200                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
201         if (Ty) {
202           std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
203           std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(
204               Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
205           Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
206               << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr
207               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
208                                               CorrectedStr);
209           if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl())
210             Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
211               << CorrectedQuotedStr;
212 
213           if (SS && NNS)
214             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
215           *CorrectedII = NewII;
216           return Ty;
217         }
218       }
219     }
220     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
221   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
222   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
223     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
224     return ParsedType();
225 
226   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
227     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
228     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
229     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
230     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
231     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
232     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
233       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
234       return ParsedType();
235     }
236 
237     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
238     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
239          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
240       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
241         if (!IIDecl ||
242             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
243               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
244           IIDecl = *Res;
245       }
246     }
247 
248     if (!IIDecl) {
249       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
250       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
251       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
252       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
253       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
254       // a type name.
255       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
256       return ParsedType();
257     }
258 
259     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
260     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
261     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
262     // perform the name lookup again.
263     break;
264 
265   case LookupResult::Found:
266     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
267     break;
268   }
269 
270   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
271 
272   QualType T;
273   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
274     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
275 
276     if (T.isNull())
277       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
278 
279     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
280     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
281     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
282     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
283       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
284         // Construct a type with type-source information.
285         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
286         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
287 
288         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
289         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
290         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
291         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
292         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
293       } else {
294         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
295       }
296     }
297   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
298     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
299     if (!HasTrailingDot)
300       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
301   }
302 
303   if (T.isNull()) {
304     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
305     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
306     return ParsedType();
307   }
308   return ParsedType::make(T);
309 }
310 
311 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
312 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
313 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
314 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose cases in C
315 /// where the user forgot to specify the tag.
316 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
317   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
318   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
319   LookupName(R, S, false);
320   R.suppressDiagnostics();
321   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
322     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
323       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
324       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
325       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
326       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
327       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
328       }
329     }
330 
331   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
332 }
333 
334 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
335 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
336 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
337 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
338 /// @code
339 /// template<class T> class A {
340 /// public:
341 ///   typedef int TYPE;
342 /// };
343 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
344 /// public:
345 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
346 /// };
347 /// @endcode
348 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
349   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
350     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
351 
352     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
353     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
354           BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
355       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
356         return true;
357     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
358   }
359   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
360 }
361 
362 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
363                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
364                                    Scope *S,
365                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
366                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
367   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
368   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
369 
370   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
371   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
372   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false);
373   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, IILoc),
374                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
375                                              Validator)) {
376     std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
377     std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
378 
379     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
380       // We corrected to a keyword.
381       // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it.
382       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
383         << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr;
384     } else {
385       NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
386       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
387       if (!SS || !SS->isSet())
388         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
389           << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr
390           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
391       else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
392         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
393           << &II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange()
394           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
395       else
396         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
397 
398       Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
399         << CorrectedQuotedStr;
400 
401       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS,
402                                   false, false, ParsedType(),
403                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
404                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
405     }
406     return true;
407   }
408 
409   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
410     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
411     UnqualifiedId Name;
412     Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc);
413     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
414     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
415     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
416     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
417                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
418                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
419       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>();
420       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
421       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
422         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
423           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
424       }
425       return true;
426     }
427   }
428 
429   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
430   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
431 
432   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
433     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II;
434   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
435     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
436       << &II << DC << SS->getRange();
437   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
438     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
439     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
440       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
441 
442     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
443       << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName()
444       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
445       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
446     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc)
447                                                                          .get();
448   } else {
449     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
450            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
451   }
452 
453   return true;
454 }
455 
456 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
457 /// or
458 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
459   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
460                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
461 
462   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
463     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
464       return true;
465 
466     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
467       return true;
468   }
469 
470   return false;
471 }
472 
473 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
474                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
475                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
476                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
477   Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
478   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
479   if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
480     const char *TagName = 0;
481     const char *FixItTagName = 0;
482     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
483       case TTK_Class:
484         TagName = "class";
485         FixItTagName = "class ";
486         break;
487 
488       case TTK_Enum:
489         TagName = "enum";
490         FixItTagName = "enum ";
491         break;
492 
493       case TTK_Struct:
494         TagName = "struct";
495         FixItTagName = "struct ";
496         break;
497 
498       case TTK_Union:
499         TagName = "union";
500         FixItTagName = "union ";
501         break;
502     }
503 
504     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
505       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
506       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
507 
508     LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
509     if (SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS)) {
510       for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end();
511            I != IEnd; ++I)
512         SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
513           << Name << TagName;
514     }
515     return true;
516   }
517 
518   Result.clear(Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
519   return false;
520 }
521 
522 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
523                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
524                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
525                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
526                                             const Token &NextToken) {
527   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
528   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
529 
530   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
531     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
532                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
533 
534   }
535 
536   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
537   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
538 
539   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
540   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
541   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
542   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
543   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
544     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
545     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
546       return E;
547   }
548 
549   bool SecondTry = false;
550   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
551 
552 Corrected:
553   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
554   case LookupResult::NotFound:
555     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
556     // call.
557     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
558       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
559       // FIXME: Reference?
560       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
561         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
562 
563       // C90 6.3.2.2:
564       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
565       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
566       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
567       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
568       //   the function call, the declaration
569       //
570       //     extern int identifier ();
571       //
572       //   appeared.
573       //
574       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
575       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
576         Result.addDecl(D);
577         Result.resolveKind();
578         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
579       }
580     }
581 
582     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
583     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
584     // "struct", or "union".
585     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
586         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
587       break;
588     }
589 
590     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
591     // close to this name.
592     if (!SecondTry) {
593       SecondTry = true;
594       CorrectionCandidateCallback DefaultValidator;
595       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
596                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
597                                                  &SS, DefaultValidator)) {
598         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
599         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
600         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
601         std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
602 
603         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
604         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
605           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
606         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
607             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
608           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
609           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
610         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
611                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
612                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
613                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
614            UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
615            QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
616          }
617 
618         if (SS.isEmpty())
619           Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag)
620             << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr
621             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
622         else
623           Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag)
624             << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
625             << SS.getRange()
626             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
627 
628         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
629         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
630 
631         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
632         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
633           return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
634 
635         // Also update the LookupResult...
636         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
637         Result.clear();
638         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
639         if (FirstDecl) {
640           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
641           Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
642             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
643         }
644 
645         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
646         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
647         // reference the ivar.
648         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
649         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
650           Result.clear();
651           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
652           return move(E);
653         }
654 
655         goto Corrected;
656       }
657     }
658 
659     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
660     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
661     return NameClassification::Unknown();
662 
663   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
664     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
665     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
666     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
667 
668     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
669     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
670     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
671     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
672     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
673     //
674     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
675     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
676     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
677     // keyword here.
678     return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
679                                      NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
680   }
681 
682   case LookupResult::Found:
683   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
684   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
685     break;
686 
687   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
688     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
689         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
690       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
691       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
692       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
693       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
694       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
695       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
696       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
697       //   ambiguous.
698       //
699       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
700       // so try again after filtering out template names.
701       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
702       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
703         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
704         break;
705       }
706     }
707 
708     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
709     return NameClassification::Error();
710   }
711 
712   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
713       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
714     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
715     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
716     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
717     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
718     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
719     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
720     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
721       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
722 
723     if (!Result.empty()) {
724       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
725       TemplateName Template;
726       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
727         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
728         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
729                                                      Result.end());
730       } else {
731         TemplateDecl *TD
732           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
733         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
734 
735         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
736           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
737                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
738                                                       TD);
739         else
740           Template = TemplateName(TD);
741       }
742 
743       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
744         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
745         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
746         // to based on which function we selected.
747         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
748 
749         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
750       }
751 
752       return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
753     }
754   }
755 
756   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
757   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
758     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
759     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
760     return ParsedType::make(T);
761   }
762 
763   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
764   if (!Class) {
765     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
766     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
767                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
768       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
769   }
770 
771   if (Class) {
772     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
773 
774     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
775       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
776       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
777       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
778       return NameClassification::Unknown();
779     }
780 
781     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
782     return ParsedType::make(T);
783   }
784 
785   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
786   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
787   if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 && FirstDecl && !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) &&
788       !isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
789     bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
790     if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
791          (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
792         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
793       FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
794       if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
795         DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
796         QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
797         return ParsedType::make(T);
798       }
799     }
800   }
801 
802   if (!Result.empty() && (*Result.begin())->isCXXClassMember())
803     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
804 
805   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
806   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
807 }
808 
809 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
810 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
811 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
812 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
813 
814   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
815   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
816   // the context we'll need to return to.
817   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) {
818     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
819 
820     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
821     // lexical context.
822     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
823       return DC;
824 
825     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
826     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
827     // class is the context we need to return to.
828     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
829       DC = RD;
830 
831     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
832     // declared in.
833     return DC;
834   }
835 
836   return DC->getLexicalParent();
837 }
838 
839 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
840   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
841       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
842   CurContext = DC;
843   S->setEntity(DC);
844 }
845 
846 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
847   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
848 
849   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
850   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
851 }
852 
853 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
854 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
855 ///
856 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
857   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
858   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
859   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
860   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
861   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
862   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
863   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
864   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
865   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
866   //   namespace.
867   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
868   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
869   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
870   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
871   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
872 
873   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
874 
875 #ifndef NDEBUG
876   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
877   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
878   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
879 #endif
880 
881   CurContext = DC;
882   S->setEntity(DC);
883 }
884 
885 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
886   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
887 
888   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
889   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
890   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
891   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
892   CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity();
893 
894   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
895   // disappear.
896 }
897 
898 
899 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
900   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
901   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
902     // We assume that the caller has already called
903     // ActOnReenterTemplateScope
904     FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl();
905   }
906   if (!FD)
907     return;
908 
909   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
910   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
911   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
912     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
913   CurContext = FD;
914   S->setEntity(CurContext);
915 
916   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
917     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
918     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
919     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
920       S->AddDecl(Param);
921       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
922     }
923   }
924 }
925 
926 
927 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
928   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
929   // rather than the top-level class.
930   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
931   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
932   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
933 }
934 
935 
936 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
937 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
938 ///
939 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
940 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
941 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
942 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
943 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
944 /// attribute.
945 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
946                                        ASTContext &Context) {
947   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
948     return true;
949 
950   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
951     return true;
952 
953   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
954           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
955 }
956 
957 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
958 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
959   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
960   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
961   // scope.
962   while (S->getEntity() &&
963          ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())
964     S = S->getParent();
965 
966   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
967   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
968   // into any context.
969   if (AddToContext)
970     CurContext->addDecl(D);
971 
972   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++.
973   // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C.
974   if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) &&
975       D->isOutOfLine() &&
976       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
977         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
978     return;
979 
980   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
981   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
982       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
983     return;
984 
985   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
986   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
987                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
988   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
989     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
990       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
991       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
992 
993       // Should only need to replace one decl.
994       break;
995     }
996   }
997 
998   S->AddDecl(D);
999 
1000   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1001     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1002     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1003     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1004     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1005       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1006       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1007         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1008           continue;
1009       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1010         break;
1011     }
1012 
1013     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1014   } else {
1015     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1016   }
1017 }
1018 
1019 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1020   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1021     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1022 }
1023 
1024 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1025                          bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1026   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S,
1027                                   ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
1028 }
1029 
1030 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1031   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1032   do {
1033     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity())
1034       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1035         return S;
1036   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1037 
1038   return 0;
1039 }
1040 
1041 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1042                                             DeclContext*,
1043                                             ASTContext&);
1044 
1045 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1046 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1047 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R,
1048                                 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1049                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1050                                 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1051   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1052   while (F.hasNext()) {
1053     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1054 
1055     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization))
1056       continue;
1057 
1058     if (ConsiderLinkage &&
1059         isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1060       continue;
1061 
1062     F.erase();
1063   }
1064 
1065   F.done();
1066 }
1067 
1068 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1069   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1070          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1071          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1072 }
1073 
1074 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1075 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1076   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1077   while (F.hasNext())
1078     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1079       F.erase();
1080 
1081   F.done();
1082 }
1083 
1084 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1085 /// @code
1086 /// class S {
1087 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1088 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1089 /// };
1090 /// @endcode
1091 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1092   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1093   // the decl here.
1094   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1095     return false;
1096 
1097   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1098     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1099   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1100     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1101   return false;
1102 }
1103 
1104 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1105   assert(D);
1106 
1107   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1108     return false;
1109 
1110   // Ignore class templates.
1111   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1112       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1113     return false;
1114 
1115   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1116     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1117       return false;
1118 
1119     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1120       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1121         return false;
1122     } else {
1123       // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn.
1124       if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1125           FD->isInlineSpecified())
1126         return false;
1127     }
1128 
1129     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1130         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1131       return false;
1132   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1133     if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() ||
1134         VD->getType().isConstant(Context) ||
1135         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1136       return false;
1137 
1138     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1139         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1140       return false;
1141 
1142   } else {
1143     return false;
1144   }
1145 
1146   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1147   if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage)
1148     return false;
1149 
1150   return true;
1151 }
1152 
1153 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1154   if (!D)
1155     return;
1156 
1157   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1158     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration();
1159     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1160       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1161   }
1162 
1163   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1164     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration();
1165     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1166       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1167   }
1168 
1169   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1170     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1171 }
1172 
1173 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1174   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1175     return false;
1176 
1177   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1178     return false;
1179 
1180   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1181     return true;
1182 
1183   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1184   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1185       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1186     return false;
1187 
1188   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1189   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1190 
1191     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1192     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1193 
1194     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1195     if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
1196       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1197         return false;
1198     }
1199 
1200     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1201     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1202     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1203       return false;
1204 
1205     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1206       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1207       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1208         return false;
1209 
1210       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1211         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
1212           return false;
1213 
1214         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1215           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1216             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1217           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1218             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1219             if (!CD->isTrivial())
1220               return false;
1221           }
1222         }
1223       }
1224     }
1225 
1226     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1227   }
1228 
1229   return true;
1230 }
1231 
1232 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1233                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1234   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1235     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1236                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1237     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1238       return;
1239     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1240                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1241   }
1242   return;
1243 }
1244 
1245 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1246 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1247 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1248   FixItHint Hint;
1249   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1250     return;
1251 
1252   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1253 
1254   unsigned DiagID;
1255   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1256     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1257   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1258     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1259   else
1260     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1261 
1262   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1263 }
1264 
1265 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1266   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1267   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1268   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1269   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1270     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1271 }
1272 
1273 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1274   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1275   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1276          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1277 
1278   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
1279        I != E; ++I) {
1280     Decl *TmpD = (*I);
1281     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1282 
1283     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1284     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1285 
1286     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1287 
1288     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1289     if (!S->hasErrorOccurred())
1290       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1291 
1292     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1293     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1294       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1295 
1296     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1297     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1298   }
1299 }
1300 
1301 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() {
1302   ++InFunctionDeclarator;
1303 }
1304 
1305 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() {
1306   assert(InFunctionDeclarator);
1307   --InFunctionDeclarator;
1308 }
1309 
1310 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1311 ///
1312 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1313 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1314 /// to the fixed name.
1315 ///
1316 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1317 ///
1318 /// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1319 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1320 ///
1321 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1322 /// class could not be found.
1323 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1324                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1325                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1326   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1327   // creation from this context.
1328   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1329 
1330   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1331     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1332     // find an Objective-C class name.
1333     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1334     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1335                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1336                                        Validator)) {
1337       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1338       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest)
1339         << Id << IDecl->getDeclName()
1340         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString());
1341       Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1342         << IDecl->getDeclName();
1343 
1344       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1345     }
1346   }
1347   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1348   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1349   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1350       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1351   return Def;
1352 }
1353 
1354 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1355 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1356 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1357 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1358 /// ill-formed in C++:
1359 /// @code
1360 /// struct S6 {
1361 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1362 /// };
1363 ///
1364 /// void test_S6() {
1365 ///   struct S6 a;
1366 ///   a.e = BAR;
1367 /// }
1368 /// @endcode
1369 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1370 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1371 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1372 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1373 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1374 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1375 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1376 /// contain non-field names.
1377 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1378   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1379          (S->getEntity() &&
1380           ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) ||
1381          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1382     S = S->getParent();
1383   return S;
1384 }
1385 
1386 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1387 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1388 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1389 /// built-in.
1390 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1391                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1392                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1393   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1394 
1395   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1396   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1397   switch (Error) {
1398   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1399     // Okay
1400     break;
1401 
1402   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1403     if (ForRedeclaration)
1404       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1405         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1406     return 0;
1407 
1408   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1409     if (ForRedeclaration)
1410       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1411         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1412     return 0;
1413 
1414   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1415     if (ForRedeclaration)
1416       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1417         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1418     return 0;
1419   }
1420 
1421   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1422     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1423       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1424       << R;
1425     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1426         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1427           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1428       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1429         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1430         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1431   }
1432 
1433   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1434                                            Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
1435                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1436                                            SC_Extern,
1437                                            SC_None, false,
1438                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1439   New->setImplicit();
1440 
1441   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1442   // FunctionDecl.
1443   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1444     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1445     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
1446       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1447         ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
1448                             SourceLocation(), 0,
1449                             FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
1450                             SC_None, SC_None, 0);
1451       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1452       Params.push_back(parm);
1453     }
1454     New->setParams(Params);
1455   }
1456 
1457   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1458 
1459   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1460   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1461   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1462   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1463   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1464   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1465   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1466   CurContext = SavedContext;
1467   return New;
1468 }
1469 
1470 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1471   QualType OldType;
1472   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1473     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1474   else
1475     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1476   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1477 
1478   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1479     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1480     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1481     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1482       << Kind << NewType;
1483     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1484       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1485     New->setInvalidDecl();
1486     return true;
1487   }
1488 
1489   if (OldType != NewType &&
1490       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1491       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1492       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1493     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1494     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1495       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1496     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1497       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1498     New->setInvalidDecl();
1499     return true;
1500   }
1501   return false;
1502 }
1503 
1504 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1505 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1506 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1507 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1508 ///
1509 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1510   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1511   // merging checks.
1512   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1513 
1514   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1515   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1516   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1517     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1518     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1519     default: break;
1520     case 2:
1521       {
1522         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1523           break;
1524         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1525         if (!T->isPointerType())
1526           break;
1527         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1528           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1529           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1530             break;
1531         }
1532         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1533         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1534         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1535         return;
1536       }
1537     case 5:
1538       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1539         break;
1540       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1541       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1542       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1543       return;
1544     case 3:
1545       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1546         break;
1547       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1548       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1549       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1550       return;
1551     }
1552     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1553   }
1554 
1555   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1556   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1557   if (!Old) {
1558     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1559       << New->getDeclName();
1560 
1561     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1562     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1563       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1564 
1565     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1566   }
1567 
1568   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1569   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1570     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1571 
1572   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1573   // with any extensions enabled.
1574   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1575     return;
1576 
1577   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain if the old
1578   // declaration was a typedef.
1579   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1580     New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef);
1581 
1582   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1583     return;
1584 
1585   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1586     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1587     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1588     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1589     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1590     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1591       return;
1592 
1593     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1594     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1595     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1596     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1597     //
1598     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1599     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1600     //
1601     //   struct S {
1602     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1603     //   };
1604     //
1605     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1606     // allow the above but disallow
1607     //
1608     //   struct S {
1609     //     typedef int I;
1610     //     typedef int I;
1611     //   };
1612     //
1613     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1614     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1615       return;
1616 
1617     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1618       << New->getDeclName();
1619     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1620     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1621   }
1622 
1623   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1624   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1625     return;
1626 
1627   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1628   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1629   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1630   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1631   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1632       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1633        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1634     return;
1635 
1636   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1637     << New->getDeclName();
1638   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1639   return;
1640 }
1641 
1642 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1643 /// attribute.
1644 static bool
1645 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1646   // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy
1647   // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is
1648   // responsible for making sure they are consistent.
1649   const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A);
1650   if (AA)
1651     return false;
1652 
1653   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1654   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1655   for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
1656     if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1657       if (Ann) {
1658         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation())
1659           return true;
1660         continue;
1661       }
1662       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1663       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
1664         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
1665       return true;
1666     }
1667 
1668   return false;
1669 }
1670 
1671 bool Sema::mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr) {
1672   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL;
1673   if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1674     NewAttr = mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1675                                     AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1676                                     AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1677                                     AA->getMessage());
1678   else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1679     NewAttr = mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility());
1680   else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1681     NewAttr = mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange());
1682   else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1683     NewAttr = mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange());
1684   else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1685     NewAttr = mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1686                               FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg());
1687   else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1688     NewAttr = mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName());
1689   else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
1690     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(Context));
1691 
1692   if (NewAttr) {
1693     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
1694     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
1695     return true;
1696   }
1697 
1698   return false;
1699 }
1700 
1701 static const Decl *getDefinition(Decl *D) {
1702   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1703     return TD->getDefinition();
1704   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1705     return VD->getDefinition();
1706   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1707     const FunctionDecl* Def;
1708     if (FD->hasBody(Def))
1709       return Def;
1710   }
1711   return NULL;
1712 }
1713 
1714 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
1715 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old,
1716                                bool MergeDeprecation) {
1717   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
1718   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
1719   if (Def && Def != New && New->hasAttrs()) {
1720     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
1721     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1722     New->dropAttrs();
1723   }
1724 
1725   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
1726     return;
1727 
1728   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
1729 
1730   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
1731   // we process them.
1732   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1733 
1734   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr>
1735          i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(),
1736          e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>();
1737        i != e; ++i) {
1738     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
1739     if (!MergeDeprecation &&
1740         (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) ||
1741          isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) ||
1742          isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)))
1743       continue;
1744 
1745     if (mergeDeclAttribute(New, *i))
1746       foundAny = true;
1747   }
1748 
1749   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
1750 }
1751 
1752 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
1753 /// to the new one.
1754 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
1755                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
1756                                      ASTContext &C) {
1757   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
1758     return;
1759 
1760   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
1761 
1762   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
1763   // done before we process them.
1764   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1765 
1766   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr>
1767        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(),
1768        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
1769     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
1770       InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C));
1771       newAttr->setInherited(true);
1772       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
1773       foundAny = true;
1774     }
1775   }
1776 
1777   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
1778 }
1779 
1780 namespace {
1781 
1782 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
1783 /// C.
1784 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
1785   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
1786   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
1787   QualType PromotedType;
1788 };
1789 
1790 }
1791 
1792 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
1793 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
1794   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
1795     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
1796       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
1797 
1798     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
1799       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
1800 
1801     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
1802       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
1803   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
1804     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
1805   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
1806     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
1807   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
1808     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
1809   }
1810 
1811   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
1812 }
1813 
1814 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
1815 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
1816 /// GNU89 mode.
1817 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
1818                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
1819   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
1820           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
1821           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
1822           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
1823 }
1824 
1825 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
1826 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
1827 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
1828 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
1829 ///
1830 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
1831 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
1832 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
1833 /// merged with.
1834 ///
1835 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
1836 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) {
1837   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
1838   FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
1839   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
1840         = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
1841     Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1842   else
1843     Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
1844   if (!Old) {
1845     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
1846       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
1847       Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
1848            diag::note_using_decl_target);
1849       Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
1850            diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
1851       return true;
1852     }
1853 
1854     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1855       << New->getDeclName();
1856     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1857     return true;
1858   }
1859 
1860   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
1861   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
1862   diag::kind PrevDiag;
1863   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
1864     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
1865   else if (Old->isImplicit())
1866     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
1867   else
1868     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
1869 
1870   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
1871   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
1872 
1873   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
1874   // is an extern inline function.
1875   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
1876       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1877       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
1878       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
1879     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
1880       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
1881       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
1882     } else {
1883       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
1884       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
1885       return true;
1886     }
1887   }
1888 
1889   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is
1890   // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the
1891   // calling convention of the first.
1892   //
1893   // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the
1894   // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling
1895   // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in
1896   // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away
1897   // because it is the default calling convention.
1898   //
1899   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
1900   // other tests to run.
1901   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
1902   const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
1903   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
1904   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
1905   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
1906   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default &&
1907       NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) {
1908     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
1909     RequiresAdjustment = true;
1910   } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(),
1911                                      NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
1912     // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain.
1913     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
1914       << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
1915       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default)
1916       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" :
1917           FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()));
1918     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1919     return true;
1920   }
1921 
1922   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
1923   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
1924     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
1925     RequiresAdjustment = true;
1926   }
1927 
1928   // Merge regparm attribute.
1929   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
1930       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
1931     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
1932       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
1933         << NewType->getRegParmType()
1934         << OldType->getRegParmType();
1935       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1936       return true;
1937     }
1938 
1939     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
1940     RequiresAdjustment = true;
1941   }
1942 
1943   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
1944   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
1945     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
1946       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
1947       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1948       return true;
1949     }
1950 
1951     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
1952     RequiresAdjustment = true;
1953   }
1954 
1955   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
1956     NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo);
1957     New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0));
1958     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
1959   }
1960 
1961   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1962     // (C++98 13.1p2):
1963     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
1964     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
1965     //        cannot be overloaded.
1966     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType();
1967     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType();
1968     QualType ResQT;
1969     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
1970       if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()
1971           && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
1972         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
1973       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
1974         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
1975           Diag(New->getLocation(),
1976                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
1977         else
1978           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
1979         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
1980         return true;
1981       }
1982       else
1983         NewQType = ResQT;
1984     }
1985 
1986     const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
1987     CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
1988     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
1989       // Preserve triviality.
1990       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
1991 
1992       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
1993       // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
1994       // We don't want a redeclartion error.
1995       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
1996                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
1997                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
1998       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
1999 
2000       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2001           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2002         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2003         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2004         //       is a static member function declaration.
2005         if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2006           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2007           Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2008           return true;
2009         }
2010 
2011         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2012         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2013         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2014         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2015         unsigned NewDiag;
2016         if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2017           NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2018         else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2019           NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2020         else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2021           NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2022         else
2023           NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2024 
2025         Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2026         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2027 
2028       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2029       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2030       //
2031       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2032       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2033       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2034         if (isFriend) {
2035           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2036         } else {
2037           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2038                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2039             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2040           return true;
2041         }
2042       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2043         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2044              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2045           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2046         return true;
2047       }
2048     }
2049 
2050     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2051     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2052     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2053     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2054 
2055     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2056     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2057     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2058       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2059       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2060         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2061       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2062       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2063     }
2064 
2065     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2066       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2067 
2068     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2069   }
2070 
2071   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2072   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2073   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2074       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2075     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2076     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2077     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
2078     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2079         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2080       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2081       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2082       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2083       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2084                                                  OldProto->arg_type_end());
2085       NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
2086                                          ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(),
2087                                          OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2088       New->setType(NewQType);
2089       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2090 
2091       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
2092       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2093       for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
2094              ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2095              ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
2096            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
2097         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
2098                                                  SourceLocation(),
2099                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
2100                                                  *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
2101                                                  SC_None, SC_None,
2102                                                  0);
2103         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2104         Param->setImplicit();
2105         Params.push_back(Param);
2106       }
2107 
2108       New->setParams(Params);
2109     }
2110 
2111     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2112   }
2113 
2114   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2115   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2116   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2117   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2118   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2119   // the prototype.
2120   //
2121   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2122   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2123   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2124   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2125   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2126       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2127       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2128       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2129     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2130     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2131     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2132       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2133     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2134       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2135 
2136     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2137     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
2138                                                NewProto->getResultType());
2139     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2140     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2141          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2142       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2143       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2144       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2145                                      NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
2146         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2147       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2148                                             NewParm->getType(),
2149                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2150         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
2151           = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
2152         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2153         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2154       } else
2155         LooseCompatible = false;
2156     }
2157 
2158     if (LooseCompatible) {
2159       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2160         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2161              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2162           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2163           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2164         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2165           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2166                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2167       }
2168 
2169       New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0],
2170                                            ArgTypes.size(),
2171                                            OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2172       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2173     }
2174 
2175     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2176   }
2177 
2178   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined
2179   // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic
2180   if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) {
2181     // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible
2182     // signature.
2183     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2184       // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined
2185       // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the
2186       // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this
2187       // library built-in.
2188       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2189       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2190         << Old << Old->getType();
2191       New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2192       Old->setInvalidDecl();
2193       return false;
2194     }
2195 
2196     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2197   }
2198 
2199   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2200   Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2201   return true;
2202 }
2203 
2204 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2205 /// known to be compatible.
2206 ///
2207 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2208 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to
2209 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2210 /// redeclaration of Old.
2211 ///
2212 /// \returns false
2213 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2214                                         Scope *S) {
2215   // Merge the attributes
2216   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2217 
2218   // Merge the storage class.
2219   if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern &&
2220       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
2221     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2222 
2223   // Merge "pure" flag.
2224   if (Old->isPure())
2225     New->setPure();
2226 
2227   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2228   // declarations.
2229   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2230     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2231       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2232                                Context);
2233 
2234   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2235     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2236 
2237   return false;
2238 }
2239 
2240 
2241 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2242                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2243 
2244   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2245   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, /* mergeDeprecation */true);
2246 
2247   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2248   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2249                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2250   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2251          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2252        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2253     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context);
2254 
2255   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true);
2256 }
2257 
2258 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2259 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2260 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2261 ///
2262 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2263 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2264 /// is attached.
2265 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) {
2266   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2267     return;
2268 
2269   QualType MergedT;
2270   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2271     AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
2272     if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) {
2273       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2274       return;
2275     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2276       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2277       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2278     }
2279     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2280     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2281     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2282     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2283     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2284     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2285              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2286       CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
2287         = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2288       CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
2289         = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2290       if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
2291         MergedT = New->getType();
2292     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2293              New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2294       CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
2295         = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2296       CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
2297         = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2298       if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
2299         MergedT = Old->getType();
2300     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2301                && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2302         MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2303                                                         Old->getType());
2304     }
2305   } else {
2306     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2307   }
2308   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2309     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2310       << New->getDeclName();
2311     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2312     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2313   }
2314   New->setType(MergedT);
2315 }
2316 
2317 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2318 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2319 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2320 ///
2321 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2322 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2323 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2324 ///
2325 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
2326   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2327   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2328     return;
2329 
2330   // Verify the old decl was also a variable.
2331   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2332   if (!Previous.isSingleResult() ||
2333       !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
2334     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2335       << New->getDeclName();
2336     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2337          diag::note_previous_definition);
2338     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2339   }
2340 
2341   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2342   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
2343   //
2344   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
2345   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
2346     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
2347       << New->getIdentifier();
2348     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2349     New->setInvalidDecl();
2350   }
2351 
2352   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2353   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
2354   // declaration
2355   if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
2356       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
2357       !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
2358     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
2359     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2360     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
2361     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
2362   }
2363 
2364   // Merge the types.
2365   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old);
2366   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2367     return;
2368 
2369   // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static.
2370   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2371       (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) {
2372     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
2373     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2374     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2375   }
2376   // C99 6.2.2p4:
2377   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
2378   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
2379   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
2380   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
2381   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
2382   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
2383   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
2384   //   identifier has external linkage.
2385   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
2386     /* Okay */;
2387   else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
2388            Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
2389     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
2390     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2391     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2392   }
2393 
2394   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
2395   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2396       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2397     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2398     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2399     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2400   }
2401   if (Old->hasExternalStorage() &&
2402       !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2403     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2404     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2405     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2406   }
2407 
2408   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
2409 
2410   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
2411   // need to check for mismatches.
2412   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
2413       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
2414       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2415         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
2416     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
2417     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2418     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2419   }
2420 
2421   if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2422     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2423     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2424   } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2425     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2426     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2427   }
2428 
2429   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
2430   const VarDecl *Def;
2431   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2432       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
2433       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
2434     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2435       << New->getDeclName();
2436     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2437     New->setInvalidDecl();
2438     return;
2439   }
2440   // c99 6.2.2 P4.
2441   // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a
2442   // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if
2443   // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage
2444   // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage
2445   // specified at the prior declaration.
2446   // FIXME. revisit this code.
2447   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2448       Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage &&
2449       New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext())
2450     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2451 
2452   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
2453   New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old);
2454 
2455   // Inherit access appropriately.
2456   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
2457 }
2458 
2459 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2460 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
2461 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2462                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
2463   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS,
2464                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0));
2465 }
2466 
2467 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2468 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template
2469 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
2470 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2471                                        DeclSpec &DS,
2472                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) {
2473   Decl *TagD = 0;
2474   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
2475   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
2476       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
2477       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
2478       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
2479     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
2480 
2481     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
2482       return 0;
2483 
2484     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
2485     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
2486     // it's a Type.
2487     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
2488       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
2489     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
2490       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
2491   }
2492 
2493   if (Tag) {
2494     Tag->setFreeStanding();
2495     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
2496       return Tag;
2497   }
2498 
2499   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2500     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
2501     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
2502     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
2503       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
2504            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
2505            << DS.getSourceRange();
2506   }
2507 
2508   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
2509     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
2510     // and definitions of functions and variables.
2511     if (Tag)
2512       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
2513         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
2514             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
2515             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3);
2516     else
2517       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
2518     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
2519     return TagD;
2520   }
2521 
2522   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
2523     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
2524     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
2525     if (TagD && !Tag)
2526       return 0;
2527     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
2528   }
2529 
2530   // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any
2531   // declarators.
2532   bool emittedWarning = false;
2533 
2534   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
2535     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
2536         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
2537       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
2538           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
2539         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record);
2540 
2541       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2542         << DS.getSourceRange();
2543       emittedWarning = true;
2544     }
2545   }
2546 
2547   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct.
2548   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2549       CurContext->isRecord() &&
2550       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
2551     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
2552     //   struct STRUCT;
2553     // and
2554     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
2555     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
2556     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
2557         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
2558          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
2559       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
2560         << DS.getSourceRange();
2561       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
2562     }
2563   }
2564 
2565   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2566       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
2567     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
2568       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
2569           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) {
2570         Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2571           << DS.getSourceRange();
2572         emittedWarning = true;
2573       }
2574 
2575   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
2576   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD;
2577 
2578   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
2579     // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an
2580     // extension in both Microsoft and GNU.
2581     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
2582         Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) {
2583       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
2584         << DS.getSourceRange();
2585       return Tag;
2586     }
2587 
2588     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2589       << DS.getSourceRange();
2590     emittedWarning = true;
2591   }
2592 
2593   // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers;
2594   // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we
2595   // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators.
2596   if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
2597     return TagD;
2598 
2599   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
2600   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
2601   // useless.
2602   if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
2603     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
2604       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier)
2605         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs);
2606 
2607   if (DS.isThreadSpecified())
2608     Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread";
2609   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2610     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
2611       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const";
2612     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
2613       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile";
2614     // Restrict is covered above.
2615   }
2616   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
2617     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline";
2618   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
2619     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual";
2620   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
2621     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit";
2622 
2623   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
2624       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2625     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
2626       << Tag->getTagKind()
2627       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
2628 
2629   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
2630   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
2631   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
2632   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
2633     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
2634     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
2635         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
2636         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
2637         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
2638       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
2639       while (attrs) {
2640         Diag(attrs->getScopeLoc(),
2641              diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
2642         << attrs->getName()
2643         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
2644             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
2645             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3);
2646         attrs = attrs->getNext();
2647       }
2648     }
2649   }
2650 
2651   return TagD;
2652 }
2653 
2654 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
2655 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
2656 ///
2657 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
2658 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
2659                                          Scope *S,
2660                                          DeclContext *Owner,
2661                                          DeclarationName Name,
2662                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
2663                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
2664   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
2665                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
2666   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
2667 
2668   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
2669     return false;
2670 
2671   // Pick a representative declaration.
2672   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
2673   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
2674 
2675   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
2676     return false;
2677 
2678   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
2679   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2680 
2681   return true;
2682 }
2683 
2684 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
2685 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
2686 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
2687 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
2688 /// struct, e.g.,
2689 ///
2690 /// @code
2691 /// union {
2692 ///   int i;
2693 ///   float f;
2694 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
2695 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
2696 /// @endcode
2697 ///
2698 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
2699 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
2700 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
2701                                                 DeclContext *Owner,
2702                                                 RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
2703                                                 AccessSpecifier AS,
2704                               SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining,
2705                                                       bool MSAnonStruct) {
2706   unsigned diagKind
2707     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
2708                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
2709 
2710   bool Invalid = false;
2711 
2712   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
2713   for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
2714                                DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
2715        D != DEnd; ++D) {
2716     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
2717         cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
2718       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
2719       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
2720                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
2721         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2722         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
2723         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
2724         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
2725         Invalid = true;
2726       } else {
2727         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2728         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
2729         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
2730         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
2731         //   anonymous union is declared.
2732         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
2733         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
2734           for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
2735                PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
2736             Chaining.push_back(*PI);
2737         else
2738           Chaining.push_back(VD);
2739 
2740         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
2741         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
2742           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
2743         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
2744           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
2745 
2746         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
2747           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
2748                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
2749                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
2750 
2751         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2752         IndirectField->setImplicit();
2753         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
2754 
2755         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
2756         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2757 
2758         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
2759       }
2760     }
2761   }
2762 
2763   return Invalid;
2764 }
2765 
2766 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
2767 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
2768 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
2769 static StorageClass
2770 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
2771   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
2772   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
2773   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
2774   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
2775   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
2776   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
2777   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
2778     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
2779   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
2780   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
2781   }
2782   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
2783 }
2784 
2785 /// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
2786 /// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
2787 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
2788 static StorageClass
2789 StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
2790   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
2791   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
2792   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
2793   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
2794   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
2795     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
2796   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           // Fall through.
2797   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
2798   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       // Fall through.
2799   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
2800   }
2801   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
2802 }
2803 
2804 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
2805 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
2806 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
2807 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
2808 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2809                                              AccessSpecifier AS,
2810                                              RecordDecl *Record) {
2811   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
2812 
2813   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
2814   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
2815     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
2816   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2817     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
2818   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
2819     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
2820 
2821   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
2822   // structs/unions.
2823   bool Invalid = false;
2824   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2825     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
2826     unsigned DiagID;
2827     if (Record->isUnion()) {
2828       // C++ [class.union]p6:
2829       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
2830       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
2831       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
2832           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
2833            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
2834             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
2835         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
2836           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
2837 
2838         // Recover by adding 'static'.
2839         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
2840                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
2841       }
2842       // C++ [class.union]p6:
2843       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
2844       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
2845       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
2846                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
2847         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
2848              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
2849           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
2850 
2851         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
2852         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
2853                                SourceLocation(),
2854                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
2855       }
2856     }
2857 
2858     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
2859     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2860       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
2861         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
2862           << Record->isUnion() << 0
2863           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
2864       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
2865         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
2866              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
2867           << Record->isUnion() << 1
2868           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
2869       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
2870         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
2871              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
2872           << Record->isUnion() << 2
2873           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
2874 
2875       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
2876     }
2877 
2878     // C++ [class.union]p2:
2879     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
2880     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
2881     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
2882     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
2883                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
2884          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
2885       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
2886         // C++ [class.union]p3:
2887         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
2888         //   members (clause 11).
2889         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
2890         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
2891           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
2892             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
2893           Invalid = true;
2894         }
2895 
2896         // C++ [class.union]p1
2897         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
2898         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
2899         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
2900         //   array of such objects.
2901         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
2902           Invalid = true;
2903       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
2904         // Any implicit members are fine.
2905       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
2906         // This is a type that showed up in an
2907         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
2908         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
2909         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
2910       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
2911         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2912             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
2913           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
2914           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
2915             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
2916               << (int)Record->isUnion();
2917           else {
2918             // This is a nested type declaration.
2919             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
2920               << (int)Record->isUnion();
2921             Invalid = true;
2922           }
2923         }
2924       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
2925         // Any access specifier is fine.
2926       } else {
2927         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
2928         // member. Complain about it.
2929         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
2930         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
2931           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
2932         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
2933           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
2934         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
2935           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
2936 
2937         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
2938         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
2939             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
2940           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
2941             << (int)Record->isUnion();
2942         else {
2943           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
2944               << (int)Record->isUnion();
2945           Invalid = true;
2946         }
2947       }
2948     }
2949   }
2950 
2951   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
2952     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
2953       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
2954     Invalid = true;
2955   }
2956 
2957   // Mock up a declarator.
2958   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
2959   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
2960   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
2961 
2962   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
2963   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
2964   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
2965     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
2966                              DS.getLocStart(),
2967                              Record->getLocation(),
2968                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
2969                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
2970                              TInfo,
2971                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
2972                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
2973     Anon->setAccess(AS);
2974     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2975       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
2976   } else {
2977     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
2978     assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
2979            "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
2980     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
2981     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
2982       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
2983       // an error here
2984       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
2985       Invalid = true;
2986       SC = SC_None;
2987     }
2988     SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
2989     VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
2990       = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
2991 
2992     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
2993                            DS.getLocStart(),
2994                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
2995                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
2996                            TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
2997 
2998     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
2999     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3000     // initializer:
3001     //   union { int n = 0; };
3002     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3003   }
3004   Anon->setImplicit();
3005 
3006   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3007   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3008   // its members.
3009   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3010 
3011   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3012   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3013   // purposes.
3014   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3015   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3016 
3017   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3018                                           Chain, false))
3019     Invalid = true;
3020 
3021   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
3022   // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
3023   // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
3024   // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
3025   // builds its lookup table, and once by
3026   // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
3027   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3028 
3029   if (Invalid)
3030     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3031 
3032   return Anon;
3033 }
3034 
3035 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3036 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3037 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3038 /// Example:
3039 ///
3040 /// struct A { int a; };
3041 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3042 ///
3043 /// void foo() {
3044 ///   B var;
3045 ///   var.a = 3;
3046 /// }
3047 ///
3048 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3049                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3050 
3051   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3052   if (!Record)
3053     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3054 
3055   // Mock up a declarator.
3056   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3057   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3058   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3059 
3060   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3061   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3062                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3063                              DS.getLocStart(),
3064                              DS.getLocStart(),
3065                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3066                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3067                              TInfo,
3068                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3069                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3070   Anon->setImplicit();
3071 
3072   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3073   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3074 
3075   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3076   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3077   // purposes.
3078   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3079   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3080 
3081   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3082   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3083                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3084                                                         Chain, true))
3085     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3086 
3087   return Anon;
3088 }
3089 
3090 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3091 /// given Declarator.
3092 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3093   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3094 }
3095 
3096 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3097 DeclarationNameInfo
3098 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3099   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3100   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3101 
3102   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3103 
3104   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3105   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3106     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3107     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3108     return NameInfo;
3109 
3110   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3111     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3112                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3113     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3114     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3115       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3116     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3117       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3118     return NameInfo;
3119 
3120   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3121     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3122                                                            Name.Identifier));
3123     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3124     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3125     return NameInfo;
3126 
3127   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3128     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3129     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3130     if (Ty.isNull())
3131       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3132     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3133                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3134     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3135     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3136     return NameInfo;
3137   }
3138 
3139   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3140     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3141     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3142     if (Ty.isNull())
3143       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3144     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3145                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3146     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3147     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3148     return NameInfo;
3149   }
3150 
3151   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3152     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3153     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3154     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3155     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3156     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3157       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3158 
3159     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3160     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3161 
3162     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3163     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3164     // was qualified.
3165 
3166     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3167                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3168     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3169     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3170     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3171     return NameInfo;
3172   }
3173 
3174   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3175     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3176     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3177     if (Ty.isNull())
3178       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3179     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3180                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3181     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3182     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3183     return NameInfo;
3184   }
3185 
3186   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3187     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3188     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3189     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3190   }
3191 
3192   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3193 
3194   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3195 }
3196 
3197 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3198   do {
3199     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3200       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3201     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3202       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3203     else
3204       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3205   } while (true);
3206 }
3207 
3208 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3209 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3210 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3211 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3212 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3213 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3214 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3215 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3216                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3217                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3218                                      llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3219   Params.clear();
3220   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3221     return false;
3222   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3223     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3224     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3225 
3226     // The parameter types are identical
3227     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
3228       continue;
3229 
3230     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
3231     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
3232     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3233     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3234 
3235     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
3236         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
3237       Params.push_back(Idx);
3238     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
3239       return false;
3240   }
3241 
3242   return true;
3243 }
3244 
3245 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
3246 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
3247 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
3248 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
3249 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
3250 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
3251                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
3252   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
3253   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
3254   //   - types which will become injected class names
3255   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
3256   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
3257   // few cases here.
3258 
3259   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
3260   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
3261   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
3262   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
3263   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
3264   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
3265   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
3266     // Grab the type from the parser.
3267     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
3268     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
3269     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
3270 
3271     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
3272     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
3273     // attached already.
3274     if (!TSI)
3275       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
3276 
3277     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
3278     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
3279     if (!TSI) return true;
3280 
3281     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
3282     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
3283     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
3284     break;
3285   }
3286 
3287   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
3288     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
3289     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
3290     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
3291     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
3292     break;
3293   }
3294 
3295   default:
3296     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
3297     break;
3298   }
3299 
3300   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
3301   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
3302     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
3303 
3304     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
3305     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
3306     // pointer.
3307     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
3308       continue;
3309 
3310     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
3311     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
3312     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
3313       return true;
3314   }
3315 
3316   return false;
3317 }
3318 
3319 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
3320   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
3321   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this));
3322 
3323   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
3324       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
3325     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
3326 
3327   return Dcl;
3328 }
3329 
3330 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
3331 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
3332 ///   name different from T:
3333 ///     - every static data member of class T;
3334 ///     - every member function of class T
3335 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
3336 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
3337 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
3338                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
3339   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3340 
3341   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
3342     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
3343       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
3344       return true;
3345     }
3346 
3347   return false;
3348 }
3349 
3350 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
3351 /// nested-name-specifier.
3352 ///
3353 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
3354 ///
3355 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
3356 /// resolves.
3357 ///
3358 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
3359 ///
3360 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
3361 ///
3362 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
3363 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
3364                                         DeclarationName Name,
3365                                       SourceLocation Loc) {
3366   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
3367   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur))
3368     Cur = Cur->getParent();
3369 
3370   // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3371   //   A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition
3372   //   of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of
3373   //   its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function
3374   //   or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the
3375   //   definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace,
3376   //   or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of
3377   //   another class or namespace (11.3). [...]
3378 
3379   // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
3380   // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared.
3381   //
3382   // class X {
3383   //   void X::f();
3384   // };
3385   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
3386     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_member_extra_qualification)
3387       << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
3388     SS.clear();
3389     return false;
3390   }
3391 
3392   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
3393   // declaration.
3394   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
3395     if (Cur->isRecord())
3396       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
3397         << Name << SS.getRange();
3398     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
3399       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
3400         << Name << SS.getRange();
3401     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
3402       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
3403         << Name << SS.getRange();
3404     else
3405       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
3406       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
3407 
3408     return true;
3409   }
3410 
3411   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
3412     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
3413     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
3414       << Name << SS.getRange();
3415     SS.clear();
3416 
3417     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
3418     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
3419     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
3420     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
3421          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
3422         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
3423                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
3424       return true;
3425 
3426     return false;
3427   }
3428 
3429   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
3430   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
3431   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
3432   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
3433   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
3434     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
3435   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
3436         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
3437     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
3438       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
3439 
3440   return false;
3441 }
3442 
3443 Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
3444                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
3445   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
3446   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
3447   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3448 
3449   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
3450   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
3451   if (!Name) {
3452     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
3453       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
3454            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
3455         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
3456     return 0;
3457   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
3458     return 0;
3459 
3460   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
3461   // we find one that is.
3462   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
3463          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
3464     S = S->getParent();
3465 
3466   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
3467   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
3468     D.setInvalidType();
3469   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3470     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
3471                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
3472       return 0;
3473 
3474     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
3475     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
3476     if (!DC) {
3477       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
3478       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
3479       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
3480       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
3481       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3482            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
3483         << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
3484         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3485       return 0;
3486     }
3487     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
3488 
3489     if (!IsDependentContext &&
3490         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
3491       return 0;
3492 
3493     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
3494       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3495            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
3496         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3497       D.setInvalidType();
3498     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
3499       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
3500                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
3501         if (DC->isRecord())
3502           return 0;
3503 
3504         D.setInvalidType();
3505       }
3506     }
3507 
3508     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
3509     // declaration in the current instantiation.
3510     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
3511         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
3512       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
3513       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
3514         D.setInvalidType();
3515     }
3516   }
3517 
3518   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
3519     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
3520     // Just return early; it's safer.
3521     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3522       return 0;
3523 
3524   NamedDecl *New;
3525 
3526   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
3527   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
3528 
3529   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
3530                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
3531     D.setInvalidType();
3532 
3533   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
3534                         ForRedeclaration);
3535 
3536   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
3537   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3538     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
3539 
3540     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
3541     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
3542     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
3543     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3544       /* Do nothing*/;
3545     else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3546       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3547           D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3548         IsLinkageLookup = true;
3549     } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern)
3550       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3551     else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
3552              D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3553       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3554 
3555     if (IsLinkageLookup)
3556       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
3557 
3558     LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup);
3559   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
3560     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
3561 
3562     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3563     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
3564     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
3565     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
3566     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
3567     //  thereof; [...]
3568     //
3569     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
3570     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
3571     // we want to match. For example, given:
3572     //
3573     //   class X {
3574     //     void f();
3575     //     void f(float);
3576     //   };
3577     //
3578     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
3579     //
3580     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
3581     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
3582     // matches.
3583 
3584     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3585     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
3586     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
3587     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
3588     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
3589   }
3590 
3591   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
3592       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
3593     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
3594     if (!D.isInvalidType())
3595       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3596                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
3597 
3598     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
3599     Previous.clear();
3600   }
3601 
3602   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
3603   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
3604   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
3605   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
3606   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
3607       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3608     Previous.clear();
3609 
3610   bool AddToScope = true;
3611   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3612     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
3613       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
3614       return 0;
3615     }
3616 
3617     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
3618   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3619     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
3620                                   move(TemplateParamLists),
3621                                   AddToScope);
3622   } else {
3623     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
3624                                   move(TemplateParamLists));
3625   }
3626 
3627   if (New == 0)
3628     return 0;
3629 
3630   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
3631   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
3632   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
3633        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl()))
3634     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
3635 
3636   return New;
3637 }
3638 
3639 /// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array
3640 /// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise
3641 /// be errors (for GCC compatibility).
3642 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
3643                                                     ASTContext &Context,
3644                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
3645                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
3646   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
3647   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
3648   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
3649   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
3650   SizeIsNegative = false;
3651   Oversized = 0;
3652 
3653   if (T->isDependentType())
3654     return QualType();
3655 
3656   QualifierCollector Qs;
3657   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
3658 
3659   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
3660     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
3661     QualType FixedType =
3662         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3663                                             Oversized);
3664     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3665     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
3666     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3667   }
3668   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
3669     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
3670     QualType FixedType =
3671         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3672                                             Oversized);
3673     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3674     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
3675     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3676   }
3677 
3678   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
3679   if (!VLATy)
3680     return QualType();
3681   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
3682   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
3683     return QualType();
3684 
3685   llvm::APSInt Res;
3686   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
3687       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
3688     return QualType();
3689 
3690   // Check whether the array size is negative.
3691   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
3692     SizeIsNegative = true;
3693     return QualType();
3694   }
3695 
3696   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
3697   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
3698     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
3699                                               Res);
3700   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
3701     Oversized = Res;
3702     return QualType();
3703   }
3704 
3705   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
3706                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
3707 }
3708 
3709 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so
3710 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations
3711 void
3712 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
3713                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
3714                                        Scope *S) {
3715   assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3716          "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!");
3717   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
3718   LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
3719 
3720   if (!Previous.isSingleResult())
3721     return;
3722 
3723   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
3724 
3725   // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be
3726   // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new
3727   // declaration.
3728   if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) {
3729     // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver
3730     // chain, so remove it from its scope.
3731 
3732     if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
3733       // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope.
3734       // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain
3735       // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain.
3736       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND);
3737 
3738     } else {
3739       // Find the scope for the original declaration.
3740       while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl))
3741         S = S->getParent();
3742     }
3743 
3744     if (S)
3745       S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl);
3746   }
3747 }
3748 
3749 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
3750 Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
3751   if (ExternalSource) {
3752     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
3753     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
3754     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls);
3755     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
3756       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
3757         = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
3758       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
3759         LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
3760     }
3761   }
3762 
3763   return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name);
3764 }
3765 
3766 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
3767 /// does not identify a function.
3768 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) {
3769   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
3770   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
3771   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
3772     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
3773          diag::err_inline_non_function);
3774 
3775   if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified())
3776     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
3777          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
3778 
3779   if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified())
3780     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
3781          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
3782 }
3783 
3784 NamedDecl*
3785 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
3786                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
3787   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
3788   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3789     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
3790       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3791     D.setInvalidType();
3792     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
3793     DC = CurContext;
3794     Previous.clear();
3795   }
3796 
3797   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3798     // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
3799     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
3800   }
3801 
3802   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
3803 
3804   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
3805     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
3806   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
3807     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
3808       << 1;
3809 
3810   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
3811     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
3812       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
3813     return 0;
3814   }
3815 
3816   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
3817   if (!NewTD) return 0;
3818 
3819   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
3820   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
3821 
3822   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
3823 
3824   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
3825   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
3826   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
3827   return ND;
3828 }
3829 
3830 void
3831 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3832   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
3833   // then it shall have block scope.
3834   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
3835   // that redeclarations will match.
3836   QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType();
3837   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
3838     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
3839 
3840     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
3841       bool SizeIsNegative;
3842       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
3843       QualType FixedTy =
3844           TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3845                                               Oversized);
3846       if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
3847         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
3848         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy));
3849       } else {
3850         if (SizeIsNegative)
3851           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
3852         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
3853           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
3854         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
3855           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
3856             << Oversized.toString(10);
3857         else
3858           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
3859         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
3860       }
3861     }
3862   }
3863 }
3864 
3865 
3866 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
3867 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
3868 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
3869 NamedDecl*
3870 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
3871                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
3872   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
3873   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
3874   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false,
3875                        /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false);
3876   if (!Previous.empty()) {
3877     Redeclaration = true;
3878     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
3879   }
3880 
3881   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
3882   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
3883     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
3884         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
3885       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
3886         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
3887       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
3888         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
3889       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
3890         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
3891       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
3892         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
3893       else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list"))
3894         Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD));
3895     }
3896 
3897   return NewTD;
3898 }
3899 
3900 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
3901 /// previous declaration.
3902 ///
3903 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
3904 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
3905 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
3906 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
3907 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
3908 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
3909 ///
3910 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
3911 /// lookup
3912 ///
3913 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
3914 /// declared.
3915 ///
3916 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
3917 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
3918 static bool
3919 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
3920                                 ASTContext &Context) {
3921   if (!PrevDecl)
3922     return false;
3923 
3924   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
3925     return false;
3926 
3927   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3928     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
3929     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
3930     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
3931     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
3932     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
3933     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
3934     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
3935     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
3936       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
3937       return false;
3938 
3939     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
3940     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
3941       // We found a member function: ignore it.
3942       return false;
3943 
3944     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
3945     // previous declarations.
3946     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
3947     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
3948 
3949     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
3950     // isn't the same function.
3951     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
3952       return false;
3953   }
3954 
3955   return true;
3956 }
3957 
3958 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
3959   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
3960   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
3961   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
3962 }
3963 
3964 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
3965   QualType type = decl->getType();
3966   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
3967   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
3968     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
3969     unsigned kind = -1U;
3970     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
3971       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
3972         kind = 0; // __block
3973       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
3974         kind = 1; // global
3975     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
3976       kind = 3; // ivar
3977     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
3978       kind = 2; // field
3979     }
3980 
3981     if (kind != -1U) {
3982       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
3983         << kind;
3984     }
3985   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
3986     // Try to infer lifetime.
3987     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
3988       return false;
3989 
3990     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
3991     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
3992     decl->setType(type);
3993   }
3994 
3995   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
3996     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
3997     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
3998         var->isThreadSpecified()) {
3999       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4000         << var->getType();
4001       return true;
4002     }
4003   }
4004 
4005   return false;
4006 }
4007 
4008 NamedDecl*
4009 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4010                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4011                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4012   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4013   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
4014 
4015   // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
4016   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4017     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4018 
4019   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
4020   assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
4021          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
4022   VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4023   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4024     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4025     // an error here
4026     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4027     D.setInvalidType();
4028     SC = SC_None;
4029   }
4030   SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
4031   VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
4032     = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4033 
4034   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
4035   if (!II) {
4036     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
4037       << Name;
4038     return 0;
4039   }
4040 
4041   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
4042 
4043   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4044     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
4045     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
4046     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
4047 
4048       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
4049       // is a GNU extension.
4050       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
4051         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
4052       else
4053         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
4054       D.setInvalidType();
4055     }
4056   }
4057 
4058   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
4059     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
4060     // OpenCL __local address space.
4061     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local)
4062       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
4063   }
4064 
4065   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4066   VarDecl *NewVD;
4067   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4068     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4069                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4070                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
4071 
4072     if (D.isInvalidType())
4073       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4074   } else {
4075     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
4076       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
4077       if (SC == SC_Static) {
4078         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4079              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
4080           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4081       } else if (SC == SC_None)
4082         SC = SC_Static;
4083     }
4084     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
4085       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
4086         if (RD->isLocalClass())
4087           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4088                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
4089             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
4090 
4091         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
4092         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
4093         if (RD->isUnion())
4094           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4095                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x
4096                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
4097                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
4098         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
4099         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
4100           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4101                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
4102             << Name << RD->isUnion();
4103       }
4104     }
4105 
4106     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
4107     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
4108     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4109     bool Invalid = false;
4110     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
4111         = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
4112                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4113                                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4114                                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4115                                                   TemplateParamLists.get(),
4116                                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
4117                                                   /*never a friend*/ false,
4118                                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
4119                                                   Invalid)) {
4120       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
4121         // There is no such thing as a variable template.
4122         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable)
4123           << II
4124           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4125                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
4126         return 0;
4127       } else {
4128         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
4129         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
4130         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4131              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
4132           << II
4133           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4134                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
4135       }
4136     }
4137 
4138     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4139                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4140                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
4141 
4142     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
4143     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
4144     if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto &&
4145         R->getContainedAutoType())
4146       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
4147 
4148     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid)
4149       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4150 
4151     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
4152 
4153     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4154       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
4155                                            TemplateParamLists.size(),
4156                                            TemplateParamLists.release());
4157     }
4158 
4159     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4160       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
4161   }
4162 
4163   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
4164   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
4165   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
4166 
4167   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) {
4168     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
4169       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global);
4170     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
4171       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
4172     else
4173       NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true);
4174   }
4175 
4176   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
4177     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
4178       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
4179         << 2
4180         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4181     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
4182       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
4183         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
4184         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
4185         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4186     else
4187       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
4188   }
4189 
4190   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4191   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
4192 
4193   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
4194   // retainable type.
4195   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
4196     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4197 
4198   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
4199   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
4200     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
4201     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
4202     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
4203     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
4204       switch (SC) {
4205       case SC_None:
4206       case SC_Auto:
4207         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
4208         break;
4209       case SC_Register:
4210         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
4211           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
4212         break;
4213       case SC_Static:
4214       case SC_Extern:
4215       case SC_PrivateExtern:
4216       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
4217         break;
4218       }
4219     }
4220 
4221     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
4222                                                 Context, Label));
4223   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
4224     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
4225       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
4226     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
4227       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
4228       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
4229     }
4230   }
4231 
4232   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
4233   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
4234     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
4235 
4236   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
4237   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
4238   // declaration has linkage).
4239   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(),
4240                        isExplicitSpecialization);
4241 
4242   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4243     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
4244   } else {
4245     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
4246     if (!Previous.empty()) {
4247       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4248           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
4249           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4250         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
4251         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4252         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
4253           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4254         Previous.clear();
4255         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4256       }
4257     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4258       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
4259       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
4260         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
4261         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4262       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4263     }
4264 
4265     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
4266 
4267     // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
4268     if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4269         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
4270       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4271   }
4272 
4273   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of
4274   // such variables.
4275   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() &&
4276       !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4277     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S);
4278 
4279   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
4280   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
4281   if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
4282     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD);
4283 
4284   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD);
4285 
4286   return NewVD;
4287 }
4288 
4289 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
4290 /// -Wshadow.
4291 ///
4292 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
4293 /// scope.
4294 ///
4295 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
4296 /// \param R the lookup of the name
4297 ///
4298 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
4299   // Return if warning is ignored.
4300   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
4301         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4302     return;
4303 
4304   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
4305   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
4306     return;
4307 
4308   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
4309 
4310   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
4311   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
4312     return;
4313 
4314   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
4315   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4316     return;
4317 
4318   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
4319   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4320     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
4321       if (MD->isStatic())
4322         return;
4323 
4324   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4325     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
4326       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
4327       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
4328       for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator
4329              I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end();
4330            I != E; ++I)
4331         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
4332           ShadowedDecl = *I;
4333           break;
4334         }
4335     }
4336 
4337   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
4338 
4339   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
4340   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
4341     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
4342     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
4343       return;
4344 
4345     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
4346     // static data members from base classes?
4347 
4348     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
4349     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
4350     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
4351   }
4352 
4353   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
4354   unsigned Kind;
4355   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
4356     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4357       Kind = 3; // field
4358     else
4359       Kind = 2; // static data member
4360   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
4361     Kind = 1; // global
4362   else
4363     Kind = 0; // local
4364 
4365   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
4366 
4367   // Emit warning and note.
4368   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
4369   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4370 }
4371 
4372 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
4373 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
4374   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
4375         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4376     return;
4377 
4378   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
4379                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4380   LookupName(R, S);
4381   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
4382 }
4383 
4384 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
4385 /// declaration.
4386 ///
4387 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
4388 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
4389 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
4390 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
4391 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
4392 ///
4393 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
4394 ///
4395 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
4396 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD,
4397                                     LookupResult &Previous) {
4398   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
4399   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4400     return false;
4401 
4402   QualType T = NewVD->getType();
4403 
4404   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
4405     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
4406       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
4407     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
4408     NewVD->setType(T);
4409   }
4410 
4411   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
4412   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
4413   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
4414   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
4415   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
4416     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
4417     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4418     return false;
4419   }
4420 
4421   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
4422       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4423     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
4424       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
4425     else
4426       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
4427   }
4428 
4429   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
4430   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
4431       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4432     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4433 
4434   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
4435       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
4436     bool SizeIsNegative;
4437     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4438     QualType FixedTy =
4439         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4440                                             Oversized);
4441 
4442     if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
4443       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
4444       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
4445       // int a[10][n];
4446       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
4447 
4448       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4449         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
4450         << SizeRange;
4451       else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
4452         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
4453         << SizeRange;
4454       else
4455         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
4456         << SizeRange;
4457       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4458       return false;
4459     }
4460 
4461     if (FixedTy.isNull()) {
4462       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4463         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4464       else
4465         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
4466       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4467       return false;
4468     }
4469 
4470     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4471     NewVD->setType(FixedTy);
4472   }
4473 
4474   if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) {
4475     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
4476     // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C"
4477     // declaration with the same name.
4478     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4479       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName());
4480     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
4481       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
4482   }
4483 
4484   if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
4485     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
4486       << T;
4487     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4488     return false;
4489   }
4490 
4491   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4492     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
4493     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4494     return false;
4495   }
4496 
4497   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4498     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
4499     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4500     return false;
4501   }
4502 
4503   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
4504       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
4505                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
4506     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4507     return false;
4508   }
4509 
4510   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4511     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
4512     return true;
4513   }
4514   return false;
4515 }
4516 
4517 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
4518 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
4519   Sema *S;
4520   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
4521 };
4522 
4523 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
4524 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
4525 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
4526 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
4527                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
4528                                  void *UserData) {
4529   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
4530 
4531   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
4532     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
4533 
4534   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
4535 
4536   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
4537   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
4538     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
4539     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
4540     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
4541 
4542     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
4543   }
4544 
4545   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
4546        Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second;
4547        ++Path.Decls.first) {
4548     NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first;
4549     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4550       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
4551         return true;
4552     }
4553   }
4554 
4555   return false;
4556 }
4557 
4558 static bool hasDelayedExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
4559   const FunctionProtoType *Proto =Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4560   return Proto && Proto->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Delayed;
4561 }
4562 
4563 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
4564 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
4565 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
4566   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
4567   CXXBasePaths Paths;
4568   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
4569   Data.Method = MD;
4570   Data.S = this;
4571   bool AddedAny = false;
4572   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
4573     for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
4574          E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4575       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
4576         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
4577         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
4578             (hasDelayedExceptionSpec(MD) ||
4579              !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD)) &&
4580             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
4581           AddedAny = true;
4582         }
4583       }
4584     }
4585   }
4586 
4587   return AddedAny;
4588 }
4589 
4590 namespace {
4591   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
4592   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
4593   struct ActOnFDArgs {
4594     Scope *S;
4595     Declarator &D;
4596     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
4597     bool AddToScope;
4598   };
4599 }
4600 
4601 namespace {
4602 
4603 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
4604 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
4605 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
4606  public:
4607   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
4608                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
4609       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
4610         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
4611 
4612   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4613     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
4614       return false;
4615 
4616     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
4617     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
4618                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
4619          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
4620       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
4621 
4622       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
4623           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
4624         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
4625           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
4626           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
4627             return true;
4628         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
4629           return true;
4630         }
4631       }
4632     }
4633 
4634     return false;
4635   }
4636 
4637  private:
4638   ASTContext &Context;
4639   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
4640   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
4641 };
4642 
4643 }
4644 
4645 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
4646 ///
4647 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
4648 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
4649 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
4650 /// the same name.
4651 ///
4652 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
4653 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
4654 static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
4655     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
4656     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) {
4657   NamedDecl *Result = NULL;
4658   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
4659   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
4660   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
4661                     Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4662   llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
4663   llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
4664   TypoCorrection Correction;
4665   bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4666                        ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified());
4667   unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
4668                                   : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match;
4669 
4670   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4671   SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
4672   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
4673          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
4674   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
4675   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
4676                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
4677   if (!Prev.empty()) {
4678     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
4679          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
4680       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
4681       if (FD &&
4682           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
4683         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
4684         // involve a parameter
4685         unsigned ParamNum =
4686             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
4687         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
4688       }
4689     }
4690   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
4691   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(),
4692                                          Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0,
4693                                          Validator, NewDC))) {
4694     // Trap errors.
4695     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
4696 
4697     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
4698     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
4699                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
4700     Previous.clear();
4701     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
4702     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
4703                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
4704          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
4705       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
4706       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
4707           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
4708         Previous.addDecl(FD);
4709       }
4710     }
4711     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
4712     // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
4713     // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully
4714     // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
4715     Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
4716         ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
4717         Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
4718         NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
4719         ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
4720     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) {
4721       // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
4722       ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
4723                                 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
4724       ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
4725       Previous.clear();
4726       Previous.setLookupName(Name);
4727       Result = NULL;
4728     } else {
4729       for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(),
4730                                FuncEnd = Previous.end();
4731            Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
4732         if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func))
4733           NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0));
4734       }
4735     }
4736     if (NearMatches.empty()) {
4737       // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches
4738       Correction = TypoCorrection();
4739     } else {
4740       DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
4741                              : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest;
4742     }
4743   }
4744 
4745   if (Correction) {
4746     SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation());
4747     CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4748     if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid())
4749       FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc());
4750     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg)
4751         << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts())
4752         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4753             FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()));
4754   } else {
4755     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
4756         << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation();
4757   }
4758 
4759   bool NewFDisConst = false;
4760   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
4761     NewFDisConst = NewMD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const;
4762 
4763   for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator
4764        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
4765        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
4766     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
4767     bool FDisConst = false;
4768     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
4769       FDisConst = MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const;
4770 
4771     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
4772       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
4773       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
4774       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
4775       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match)
4776           << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType();
4777     } else if (Correction) {
4778       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
4779           << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
4780     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
4781       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
4782           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
4783     } else
4784       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match);
4785   }
4786   return Result;
4787 }
4788 
4789 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
4790                                                           Declarator &D) {
4791   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
4792   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
4793   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
4794   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
4795   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
4796     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4797                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
4798     D.setInvalidType();
4799     break;
4800   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
4801   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern;
4802   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
4803     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
4804       // C99 6.7.1p5:
4805       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
4806       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
4807       //   other than extern
4808       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
4809       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4810                    diag::err_static_block_func);
4811       break;
4812     } else
4813       return SC_Static;
4814   }
4815   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
4816   }
4817 
4818   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
4819   return SC_None;
4820 }
4821 
4822 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
4823                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
4824                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4825                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
4826                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
4827   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4828   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4829 
4830   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
4831   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
4832   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
4833   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
4834     = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4835 
4836   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4837     // Determine whether the function was written with a
4838     // prototype. This true when:
4839     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
4840     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
4841     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
4842     bool HasPrototype =
4843       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
4844       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
4845 
4846     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
4847                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
4848                                  TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
4849                                  HasPrototype);
4850     if (D.isInvalidType())
4851       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4852 
4853     // Set the lexical context.
4854     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
4855 
4856     return NewFD;
4857   }
4858 
4859   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
4860   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
4861 
4862   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
4863   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
4864   // the class has been completely parsed.
4865   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
4866       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4867                                      R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
4868                                      diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
4869                                      SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
4870     D.setInvalidType();
4871 
4872   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
4873     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
4874     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
4875            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
4876 
4877     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
4878     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
4879                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
4880                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
4881                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
4882                                       isConstexpr);
4883 
4884   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
4885     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
4886     if (DC->isRecord()) {
4887       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
4888       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
4889       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
4890                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
4891                                         D.getLocStart(),
4892                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
4893                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
4894 
4895       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
4896       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
4897       // it yet.
4898       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() &&
4899           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
4900           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
4901         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
4902       }
4903 
4904       IsVirtualOkay = true;
4905       return NewDD;
4906 
4907     } else {
4908       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
4909       D.setInvalidType();
4910 
4911       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
4912       // code path.
4913       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
4914                                   D.getLocStart(),
4915                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
4916                                   SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
4917                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
4918     }
4919 
4920   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
4921     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
4922       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4923            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
4924       return 0;
4925     }
4926 
4927     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
4928     IsVirtualOkay = true;
4929     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
4930                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
4931                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
4932                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
4933 
4934   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
4935     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
4936     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
4937     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
4938     // constructor if it has no return type).
4939     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
4940         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
4941       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
4942         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
4943         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
4944       return 0;
4945     }
4946 
4947     bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static;
4948 
4949     // [class.free]p1:
4950     // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member
4951     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
4952     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
4953         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New)
4954       isStatic = true;
4955 
4956     // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member
4957     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
4958     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
4959         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)
4960       isStatic = true;
4961 
4962     IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic;
4963 
4964     // This is a C++ method declaration.
4965     return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
4966                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
4967                                  TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline,
4968                                  isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
4969 
4970   } else {
4971     // Determine whether the function was written with a
4972     // prototype. This true when:
4973     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
4974     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
4975                                 D.getLocStart(),
4976                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
4977                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
4978   }
4979 }
4980 
4981 NamedDecl*
4982 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4983                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4984                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
4985                               bool &AddToScope) {
4986   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4987 
4988   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
4989 
4990   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4991   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4992   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4993   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
4994 
4995   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
4996     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
4997 
4998   // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4999   if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) {
5000     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5001          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0
5002     << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()
5003     << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*");
5004 
5005     QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
5006     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5007     if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
5008       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
5009       R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5010                                   FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
5011     }
5012     else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R))
5013       R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T);
5014   }
5015 
5016   bool isFriend = false;
5017   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
5018   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5019   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
5020   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
5021   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
5022 
5023   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
5024                                               isVirtualOkay);
5025   if (!NewFD) return 0;
5026 
5027   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
5028     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
5029 
5030   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5031     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
5032     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
5033     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
5034     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
5035     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
5036     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
5037       // C++ [class.friend]p5
5038       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
5039       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
5040       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5041     }
5042 
5043     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
5044     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5045     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
5046     if (D.isInvalidType())
5047       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5048 
5049     // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++
5050     // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the
5051     // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5052     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5053 
5054     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5055     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5056     bool Invalid = false;
5057     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
5058           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5059                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5060                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5061                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5062                                   TemplateParamLists.get(),
5063                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
5064                                   isFriend,
5065                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
5066                                   Invalid)) {
5067       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
5068         // This is a function template
5069 
5070         // Check that we can declare a template here.
5071         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5072           return 0;
5073 
5074         // A destructor cannot be a template.
5075         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5076           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
5077           return 0;
5078         }
5079 
5080         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
5081         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
5082         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
5083         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
5084           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5085           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
5086             Invalid = true;
5087         }
5088 
5089 
5090         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
5091                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
5092                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
5093                                                         NewFD);
5094         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5095         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
5096 
5097         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
5098         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
5099           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5100                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
5101                                                TemplateParamLists.release());
5102         }
5103       } else {
5104         // This is a function template specialization.
5105         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5106         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
5107         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5108                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
5109                                              TemplateParamLists.release());
5110 
5111         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
5112         if (isFriend) {
5113           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
5114           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
5115 
5116           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
5117           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
5118           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
5119           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
5120           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
5121           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
5122           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5123             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
5124             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
5125           }
5126 
5127           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
5128             << Name << RemoveRange
5129             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
5130             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
5131         }
5132       }
5133     }
5134     else {
5135       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
5136       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
5137       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
5138         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
5139         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5140                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
5141                                              TemplateParamLists.release());
5142     }
5143 
5144     if (Invalid) {
5145       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5146       if (FunctionTemplate)
5147         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5148     }
5149 
5150     // If we see "T var();" at block scope, where T is a class type, it is
5151     // probably an attempt to initialize a variable, not a function declaration.
5152     // We don't catch this case earlier, since there is no ambiguity here.
5153     if (!FunctionTemplate && D.getFunctionDefinitionKind() == FDK_Declaration &&
5154         CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
5155         D.getNumTypeObjects() == 1 && D.isFunctionDeclarator() &&
5156         D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten()
5157           == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
5158       QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
5159       DeclaratorChunk &C = D.getTypeObject(0);
5160       if (!T->isVoidType() && C.Fun.NumArgs == 0 && !C.Fun.isVariadic &&
5161           !C.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType() &&
5162           C.Fun.getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
5163         SourceRange ParenRange(C.Loc, C.EndLoc);
5164         Diag(C.Loc, diag::warn_empty_parens_are_function_decl) << ParenRange;
5165 
5166         // If the declaration looks like:
5167         //   T var1,
5168         //   f();
5169         // and name lookup finds a function named 'f', then the ',' was
5170         // probably intended to be a ';'.
5171         if (!D.isFirstDeclarator() && D.getIdentifier()) {
5172           FullSourceLoc Comma(D.getCommaLoc(), SourceMgr);
5173           FullSourceLoc Name(D.getIdentifierLoc(), SourceMgr);
5174           if (Comma.getFileID() != Name.getFileID() ||
5175               Comma.getSpellingLineNumber() != Name.getSpellingLineNumber()) {
5176             LookupResult Result(*this, D.getIdentifier(), SourceLocation(),
5177                                 LookupOrdinaryName);
5178             if (LookupName(Result, S))
5179               Diag(D.getCommaLoc(), diag::note_empty_parens_function_call)
5180                 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(D.getCommaLoc(), ";") << NewFD;
5181           }
5182         }
5183         const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
5184         // Empty parens mean value-initialization, and no parens mean default
5185         // initialization. These are equivalent if the default constructor is
5186         // user-provided, or if zero-initialization is a no-op.
5187         if (RD && RD->hasDefinition() &&
5188             (RD->isEmpty() || RD->hasUserProvidedDefaultConstructor()))
5189           Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_default_ctor)
5190             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenRange);
5191         else {
5192           std::string Init = getFixItZeroInitializerForType(T);
5193           if (Init.empty() && LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x)
5194             Init = "{}";
5195           if (!Init.empty())
5196             Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_zero_initialize)
5197               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ParenRange, Init);
5198         }
5199       }
5200     }
5201 
5202     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
5203     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
5204     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
5205     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
5206     //
5207     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5208       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
5209         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5210              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5211       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
5212         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
5213         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5214              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
5215           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
5216       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
5217         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
5218         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
5219         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5220              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
5221           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
5222       } else {
5223         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
5224         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
5225       }
5226     }
5227 
5228     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
5229     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
5230     //  declaration.
5231     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5232       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
5233         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
5234         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
5235              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
5236           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
5237       }
5238     }
5239 
5240     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
5241     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
5242     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
5243     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
5244     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5245       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
5246         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
5247         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5248              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
5249           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
5250       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
5251                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
5252         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
5253         // or conversion function.
5254         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5255              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
5256           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
5257       }
5258     }
5259 
5260     if (isConstexpr) {
5261       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
5262       // are implicitly inline.
5263       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5264 
5265       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
5266       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
5267       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
5268       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
5269         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
5270     }
5271 
5272     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
5273     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5274       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5275         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
5276           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
5277         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5278           << 0
5279           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
5280       } else {
5281         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
5282         if (FunctionTemplate)
5283           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5284       }
5285     }
5286 
5287     if (isFriend) {
5288       // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration.
5289       if (FunctionTemplate) {
5290         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
5291         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
5292       }
5293       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
5294       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5295     }
5296 
5297     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
5298     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
5299       case FDK_Declaration:
5300       case FDK_Definition:
5301         break;
5302 
5303       case FDK_Defaulted:
5304         NewFD->setDefaulted();
5305         break;
5306 
5307       case FDK_Deleted:
5308         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
5309         break;
5310     }
5311 
5312     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
5313         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
5314       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
5315       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
5316       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
5317       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5318     }
5319 
5320     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
5321         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5322       // C++ [class.static]p1:
5323       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
5324       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
5325       //   the class.
5326 
5327       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
5328       // member function definition.
5329       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5330            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5331         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5332     }
5333   }
5334 
5335   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
5336   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(),
5337                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
5338                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
5339 
5340   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5341   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
5342     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5343     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5344     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
5345                                                 SE->getString()));
5346   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5347     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5348       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
5349     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5350       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
5351       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5352     }
5353   }
5354 
5355   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
5356   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
5357   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
5358   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
5359     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
5360 
5361     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
5362     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
5363     // single void argument.
5364     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
5365     // already checks for that case.
5366     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
5367         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
5368         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
5369       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
5370       ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param);
5371 
5372       // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
5373       // typedef of void is not permitted.
5374       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5375           Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) {
5376         bool IsTypeAlias = false;
5377         if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
5378           IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
5379         else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
5380                    Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
5381           IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
5382         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
5383           << IsTypeAlias;
5384       }
5385     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
5386       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
5387         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
5388         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
5389         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
5390         Params.push_back(Param);
5391 
5392         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
5393           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5394       }
5395     }
5396 
5397   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5398     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
5399     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
5400     // parameters for use in the declaration.
5401     //
5402     // @code
5403     // typedef void fn(int);
5404     // fn f;
5405     // @endcode
5406 
5407     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
5408     for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
5409          AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
5410       ParmVarDecl *Param =
5411         BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
5412       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
5413       Params.push_back(Param);
5414     }
5415   } else {
5416     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
5417            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
5418   }
5419 
5420   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
5421   NewFD->setParams(Params);
5422 
5423   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
5424   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
5425   //
5426   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
5427   //
5428   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
5429   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
5430   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
5431 
5432   // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration.
5433   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5434                         /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false);
5435 
5436   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
5437   // because all functions have linkage.
5438   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5439       NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5440     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
5441     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5442   }
5443 
5444   // Handle attributes.
5445   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5446                         /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true);
5447 
5448   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5449     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
5450     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
5451     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5452       if (NewFD->isMain())
5453         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
5454       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
5455                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
5456     }
5457     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
5458             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5459            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5460   } else {
5461     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
5462     // argument list into our AST format.
5463     bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5464     TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
5465     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5466       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
5467       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
5468       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5469       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
5470                                          TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
5471                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
5472       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
5473                                  TemplateArgs);
5474       TemplateArgsPtr.release();
5475 
5476       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5477 
5478       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5479         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5480       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
5481         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
5482         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
5483           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5484 
5485         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5486       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
5487                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5488         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
5489         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
5490         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
5491         // too few of them).
5492         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
5493           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
5494           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
5495                                     D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5496                                         "template<> ");
5497         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5498       } else {
5499         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
5500         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5501       }
5502     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5503       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
5504       // wrote something like:
5505       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
5506       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
5507       //   friend void foo<>(int);
5508       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
5509       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5510         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5511       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5512     }
5513 
5514     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
5515     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
5516     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
5517     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
5518     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
5519     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
5520         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
5521          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
5522             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
5523             InstantiationDependent))) {
5524       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
5525              "friend function specialization without template args");
5526       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
5527                                                        Previous))
5528         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5529     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5530       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
5531           && !isFriend) {
5532         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
5533         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
5534           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
5535           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
5536           << NewFD->getDeclName();
5537       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
5538                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
5539                                                      Previous))
5540         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5541 
5542       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
5543       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
5544       //   specialization (14.7.3)
5545       if (SC != SC_None) {
5546         if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass())
5547           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5548                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
5549             << SC
5550             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5551                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5552 
5553         else
5554           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5555                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
5556             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5557                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5558       }
5559 
5560     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
5561       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
5562           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5563     }
5564 
5565     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
5566     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
5567       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5568         // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
5569         // This avoids some consistency errors later.
5570         if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
5571           methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
5572       } else {
5573         if (NewFD->isMain())
5574           CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
5575         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
5576                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
5577       }
5578     }
5579 
5580     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
5581             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5582            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5583 
5584     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
5585                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
5586                                 : NewFD);
5587 
5588     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
5589       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
5590       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5591         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
5592 
5593       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
5594       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
5595 
5596       PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true);
5597     }
5598 
5599     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
5600         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
5601       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
5602 
5603     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
5604     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
5605     if (FunctionTemplate) {
5606       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
5607                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
5608       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
5609                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
5610                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
5611                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
5612                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
5613                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
5614                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5615                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5616                                  DC->isDependentContext())
5617                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5618                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
5619     }
5620 
5621     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5622       // Ignore all the rest of this.
5623     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
5624       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
5625                                        AddToScope };
5626       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
5627       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
5628         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5629 
5630       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
5631       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5632         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
5633         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
5634 
5635         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
5636         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
5637         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
5638         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
5639         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
5640         // can actually do this check immediately.
5641         if (isFriend &&
5642             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
5643              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
5644              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
5645           // ignore these
5646         } else {
5647           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
5648           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
5649           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
5650           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
5651           //
5652           // class X {
5653           //   void f() const;
5654           // };
5655           //
5656           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
5657           //
5658           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
5659           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
5660           // whether the parameter types are references).
5661 
5662           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
5663                                                                NewFD,
5664                                                                ExtraArgs)) {
5665             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
5666             return Result;
5667           }
5668         }
5669 
5670         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
5671         // to something.
5672       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
5673         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
5674                                                              NewFD,
5675                                                              ExtraArgs)) {
5676           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
5677           return Result;
5678         }
5679       }
5680 
5681     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5682                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
5683                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
5684       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
5685       // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5686       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
5687       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
5688       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
5689       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
5690       // generate them.
5691       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
5692         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5693     }
5694   }
5695 
5696   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
5697 
5698   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
5699       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5700     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5701          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
5702       << NewFD;
5703 
5704     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
5705     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
5706     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
5707     EPI.Variadic = true;
5708     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
5709 
5710     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI);
5711     NewFD->setType(R);
5712   }
5713 
5714   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
5715   // member, set the visibility of this function.
5716   if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
5717     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
5718 
5719   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
5720   // marking the function.
5721   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
5722 
5723   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the
5724   // map of such names.
5725   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC()
5726       && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5727     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S);
5728 
5729   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
5730   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
5731 
5732   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5733     if (FunctionTemplate) {
5734       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5735         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5736       return FunctionTemplate;
5737     }
5738   }
5739 
5740   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
5741 
5742   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
5743     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
5744       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5745           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5746         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
5747           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType())
5748             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
5749 
5750           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
5751         }
5752       }
5753 
5754   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
5755   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
5756   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
5757   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
5758     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
5759                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
5760                                 Context, CurContext,  SourceLocation(),
5761                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD));
5762     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
5763     AddToScope = false;
5764   }
5765 
5766   return NewFD;
5767 }
5768 
5769 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
5770 ///
5771 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
5772 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
5773 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
5774 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
5775 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
5776 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
5777 /// via InstantiateDecl).
5778 ///
5779 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is
5780 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
5781 ///
5782 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
5783 ///
5784 /// Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
5785 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
5786                                     LookupResult &Previous,
5787                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
5788   assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()
5789          && "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
5790 
5791   // Check for a previous declaration of this name.
5792   if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
5793     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
5794     // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C"
5795     // declaration with the same name.
5796     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
5797       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName());
5798     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
5799       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
5800   }
5801 
5802   bool Redeclaration = false;
5803 
5804   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
5805   // the same name, if appropriate.
5806   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5807     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
5808     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
5809     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
5810     // function to the scope.
5811 
5812     NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
5813     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
5814       Redeclaration = true;
5815       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
5816     } else {
5817       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
5818                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
5819       case Ovl_Match:
5820         Redeclaration = true;
5821         break;
5822 
5823       case Ovl_NonFunction:
5824         Redeclaration = true;
5825         break;
5826 
5827       case Ovl_Overload:
5828         Redeclaration = false;
5829         break;
5830       }
5831 
5832       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
5833         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
5834         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
5835         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
5836           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
5837         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
5838         if (Redeclaration)
5839           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
5840         else if (!Previous.empty())
5841           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
5842         if (OverloadedDecl)
5843           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
5844                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
5845         NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
5846                                                         Context));
5847       }
5848     }
5849 
5850     if (Redeclaration) {
5851       // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
5852       // merged.
5853       if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) {
5854         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5855         return Redeclaration;
5856       }
5857 
5858       Previous.clear();
5859       Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
5860 
5861       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
5862                                     = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
5863         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
5864         FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
5865           = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
5866         assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
5867         if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
5868               = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
5869           Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
5870           NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
5871         }
5872 
5873         // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
5874         // template, mark it as a member specialization.
5875         if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
5876             NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
5877           NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
5878           assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
5879         }
5880 
5881       } else {
5882         if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions
5883           NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
5884         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
5885       }
5886     }
5887   }
5888 
5889   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
5890   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5891     // C++-specific checks.
5892     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
5893       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
5894     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
5895                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
5896       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
5897       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
5898 
5899       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
5900       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
5901       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
5902         DeclarationName Name
5903           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
5904                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
5905         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
5906           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
5907           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5908           return Redeclaration;
5909         }
5910       }
5911     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
5912                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
5913       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
5914     }
5915 
5916     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
5917     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
5918       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
5919           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
5920         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
5921           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
5922           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
5923             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual)
5924               << NewFD->getDeclName();
5925             for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator
5926                       Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(),
5927                    OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods();
5928                  Overridden != OverriddenEnd;
5929                  ++Overridden) {
5930               Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(),
5931                    diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
5932             }
5933           }
5934         }
5935       }
5936 
5937       if (Method->isStatic())
5938         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
5939     }
5940 
5941     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
5942     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
5943         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
5944       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5945       return Redeclaration;
5946     }
5947 
5948     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
5949     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
5950         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
5951       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5952       return Redeclaration;
5953     }
5954 
5955     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
5956     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
5957     // during delayed parsing anyway.
5958     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
5959       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
5960 
5961     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
5962     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
5963     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
5964       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
5965       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
5966       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
5967         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
5968         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
5969         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
5970       }
5971     }
5972 
5973     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
5974     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
5975     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
5976     if (NewFD->isExternC()) {
5977       QualType R = NewFD->getResultType();
5978       if (!R.isPODType(Context) &&
5979           !R->isVoidType())
5980         Diag( NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt )
5981           << NewFD << R;
5982     }
5983   }
5984   return Redeclaration;
5985 }
5986 
5987 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
5988   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:  A program that declares main to be inline,
5989   //   static or constexpr is ill-formed.
5990   // C99 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier
5991   //   shall not appear in a declaration of main.
5992   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
5993   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
5994     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
5995          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
5996       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5997   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
5998     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
5999       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
6000   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
6001     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
6002       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
6003     FD->setConstexpr(false);
6004   }
6005 
6006   QualType T = FD->getType();
6007   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
6008   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
6009 
6010   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
6011   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
6012     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
6013     // set the flag which tells us that.
6014     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
6015     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
6016 
6017   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
6018   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
6019   // implicit-return-zero rule.
6020   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6021     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
6022 
6023   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
6024   } else {
6025     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
6026     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6027   }
6028 
6029   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
6030   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
6031 
6032   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
6033   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
6034   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
6035 
6036   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
6037 
6038   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
6039   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
6040   // getting shifty.
6041   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
6042     HasExtraParameters = false;
6043 
6044   if (HasExtraParameters) {
6045     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
6046     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6047     nparams = 3;
6048   }
6049 
6050   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
6051   // if we had some location information about types.
6052 
6053   QualType CharPP =
6054     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
6055   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
6056 
6057   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
6058     QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
6059 
6060     bool mismatch = true;
6061 
6062     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
6063       mismatch = false;
6064     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
6065       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
6066       //   char const **
6067       //   char const * const *
6068       //   char * const *
6069 
6070       QualifierCollector qs;
6071       const PointerType* PT;
6072       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
6073           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
6074           (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) {
6075         qs.removeConst();
6076         mismatch = !qs.empty();
6077       }
6078     }
6079 
6080     if (mismatch) {
6081       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
6082       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
6083       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6084     }
6085   }
6086 
6087   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6088     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
6089   }
6090 
6091   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6092     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl);
6093     FD->setInvalidDecl();
6094   }
6095 }
6096 
6097 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
6098   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
6099   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
6100   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
6101   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
6102   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
6103   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
6104   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
6105   // rules there don't matter.)
6106   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
6107     return false;
6108   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
6109     << Init->getSourceRange();
6110   return true;
6111 }
6112 
6113 namespace {
6114   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
6115   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
6116   class SelfReferenceChecker
6117       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
6118     Sema &S;
6119     Decl *OrigDecl;
6120     bool isRecordType;
6121     bool isPODType;
6122 
6123   public:
6124     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
6125 
6126     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
6127                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
6128       isPODType = false;
6129       isRecordType = false;
6130       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
6131         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
6132         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
6133       }
6134     }
6135 
6136     // Sometimes, the expression passed in lacks the casts that are used
6137     // to determine which DeclRefExpr's to check.  Assume that the casts
6138     // are present and continue visiting the expression.
6139     void HandleExpr(Expr *E) {
6140       // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record type.  Doing so is a
6141       // way to silence uninitialized warnings.
6142       if (isRecordType)
6143         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
6144           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6145 
6146       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6147         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
6148         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
6149       }
6150 
6151       Visit(E);
6152     }
6153 
6154     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
6155     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
6156     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
6157     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
6158       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6159       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
6160         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6161         return;
6162       }
6163 
6164       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6165         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
6166         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
6167       }
6168     }
6169 
6170     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
6171       if ((!isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) ||
6172           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
6173         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
6174 
6175       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
6176     }
6177 
6178     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
6179       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
6180       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
6181 
6182       ValueDecl *VD = E->getMemberDecl();
6183       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD);
6184       if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || (MD && !MD->isStatic()))
6185         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE
6186               = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
6187           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6188           return;
6189         }
6190 
6191       Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E);
6192     }
6193 
6194     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
6195       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
6196       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && isPODType &&
6197           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr())) return;
6198       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
6199     }
6200 
6201     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
6202 
6203     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
6204       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
6205       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
6206       LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6207                           Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
6208       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
6209                             S.PDiag(diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init)
6210                               << Result.getLookupName()
6211                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
6212                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
6213     }
6214   };
6215 }
6216 
6217 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
6218 void Sema::CheckSelfReference(Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E) {
6219   SelfReferenceChecker(*this, OrigDecl).HandleExpr(E);
6220 }
6221 
6222 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
6223 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
6224 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
6225 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
6226                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
6227   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
6228   // the initializer.
6229   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6230     return;
6231 
6232   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
6233     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
6234     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
6235     // Thus this grotesque test.
6236     IntegerLiteral *IL;
6237     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
6238         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
6239       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
6240     else {
6241       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
6242         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
6243       Method->setInvalidDecl();
6244     }
6245     return;
6246   }
6247 
6248   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
6249   if (!VDecl) {
6250     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
6251     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
6252     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6253     return;
6254   }
6255 
6256   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
6257   // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled
6258   // by a dataflow analysis.
6259   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() && !VDecl->isStaticLocal())
6260     CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init);
6261 
6262   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
6263 
6264   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
6265   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) {
6266     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
6267     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
6268     // contains exactly one expression.
6269     if (CXXDirectInit) {
6270       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
6271         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
6272         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
6273         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
6274              diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
6275           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
6276           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
6277         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6278         return;
6279       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
6280         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
6281              diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
6282           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
6283           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
6284         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6285         return;
6286       } else {
6287         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
6288       }
6289     }
6290     TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0;
6291     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
6292             DAR_Failed)
6293       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
6294     if (!DeducedType) {
6295       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6296       return;
6297     }
6298     VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType);
6299     VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType());
6300     VDecl->ClearLinkageCache();
6301 
6302     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
6303     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
6304       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6305 
6306     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
6307     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
6308     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
6309     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
6310     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
6311         DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) {
6312       SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
6313       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
6314         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
6315     }
6316 
6317     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
6318     // the previously declared type.
6319     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl())
6320       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old);
6321   }
6322 
6323   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
6324     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
6325     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
6326     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6327     return;
6328   }
6329 
6330   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
6331     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
6332     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
6333     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
6334     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
6335     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
6336       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
6337     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
6338                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6339       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6340       return;
6341     }
6342 
6343     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
6344     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
6345                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6346                                AbstractVariableType))
6347       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6348   }
6349 
6350   const VarDecl *Def;
6351   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
6352     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
6353       << VDecl->getDeclName();
6354     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6355     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6356     return;
6357   }
6358 
6359   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
6360   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6361     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
6362     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
6363     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
6364     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
6365     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
6366     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
6367     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
6368     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
6369     //
6370     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
6371     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
6372     // declaration with an initializer.
6373     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
6374       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
6375         << VDecl->getDeclName();
6376       Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6377       return;
6378     }
6379 
6380     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
6381       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6382 
6383     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
6384       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6385       return;
6386     }
6387   }
6388 
6389   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
6390   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
6391   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
6392     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
6393     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6394     return;
6395   }
6396 
6397   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
6398   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
6399   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
6400 
6401   // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
6402   // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type.
6403   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType())
6404     if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) {
6405       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
6406       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6407         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6408         return;
6409       }
6410       Init = Result.take();
6411     }
6412 
6413   // Perform the initialization.
6414   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
6415     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
6416     InitializationKind Kind
6417       = DirectInit ?
6418           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
6419                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
6420                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
6421                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
6422                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
6423                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
6424                                                     Init->getLocStart());
6425 
6426     Expr **Args = &Init;
6427     unsigned NumArgs = 1;
6428     if (CXXDirectInit) {
6429       Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs();
6430       NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs();
6431     }
6432     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs);
6433     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
6434                                               MultiExprArg(*this, Args,NumArgs),
6435                                               &DclT);
6436     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6437       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6438       return;
6439     }
6440 
6441     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
6442   }
6443 
6444   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
6445   // completed by the initializer. For example:
6446   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
6447   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
6448   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
6449     VDecl->setType(DclT);
6450 
6451   // Check any implicit conversions within the expression.
6452   CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation());
6453 
6454   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6455     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
6456 
6457   Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init);
6458   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
6459   VDecl->setInit(Init);
6460 
6461   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
6462     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
6463     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
6464     // C++ does not have this restriction.
6465     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
6466         VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
6467       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
6468   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
6469              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
6470     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
6471     //
6472     // struct S {
6473     //   static const int value = 17;
6474     // };
6475 
6476     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
6477     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
6478     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
6479     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
6480     //
6481     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
6482     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
6483     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
6484     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
6485     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
6486     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
6487     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
6488     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
6489     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
6490 
6491     // Do nothing on dependent types.
6492     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
6493 
6494     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
6495     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
6496     // type.
6497     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
6498 
6499     // Require constness.
6500     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
6501       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
6502         << Init->getSourceRange();
6503       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6504 
6505     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
6506     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
6507       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
6508       SourceLocation Loc;
6509       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
6510         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
6511         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
6512         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
6513       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
6514         ; // Nothing to check.
6515       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
6516         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
6517       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
6518         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
6519         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
6520         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6521           << Init->getSourceRange();
6522       } else {
6523         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
6524         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
6525         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6526           << Init->getSourceRange();
6527         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6528       }
6529 
6530     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
6531     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
6532       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
6533         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
6534       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x)
6535         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
6536              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr)
6537           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
6538 
6539       if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
6540         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6541           << Init->getSourceRange();
6542         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6543       }
6544 
6545     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
6546     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT->isLiteralType()) {
6547       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
6548         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
6549         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
6550       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
6551 
6552     } else {
6553       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
6554         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
6555       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6556     }
6557   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
6558     if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern &&
6559         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
6560          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()))
6561       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
6562 
6563     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
6564     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6565       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
6566   }
6567 
6568   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
6569   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
6570   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
6571   //
6572   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
6573   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
6574   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
6575   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
6576   // special case code.
6577 
6578   // C++ 8.5p11:
6579   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
6580   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
6581   // class type.
6582   if (CXXDirectInit) {
6583     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
6584     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
6585   } else if (DirectInit) {
6586     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
6587     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
6588   }
6589 
6590   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
6591 }
6592 
6593 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
6594 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
6595 /// of sanity.
6596 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
6597   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
6598   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
6599   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
6600 
6601   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6602   if (!VD) return;
6603 
6604   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
6605   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
6606     D->setInvalidDecl();
6607     return;
6608   }
6609 
6610   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
6611   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
6612 
6613   // Require a complete type.
6614   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
6615                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
6616                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6617     VD->setInvalidDecl();
6618     return;
6619   }
6620 
6621   // Require an abstract type.
6622   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
6623                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6624                              AbstractVariableType)) {
6625     VD->setInvalidDecl();
6626     return;
6627   }
6628 
6629   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
6630   // though.
6631 }
6632 
6633 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
6634                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
6635   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
6636   if (RealDecl == 0)
6637     return;
6638 
6639   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
6640     QualType Type = Var->getType();
6641 
6642     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
6643     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
6644       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
6645         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
6646       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6647       return;
6648     }
6649 
6650     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
6651     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
6652     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
6653     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
6654     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
6655     // member.
6656     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
6657       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
6658         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
6659              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
6660           << Var->getDeclName();
6661       else
6662         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
6663       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6664       return;
6665     }
6666 
6667     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
6668     case VarDecl::Definition:
6669       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
6670         break;
6671 
6672       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
6673       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
6674       // a declaration.
6675       //
6676       // Fall through
6677 
6678     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
6679       // It's only a declaration.
6680 
6681       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
6682       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
6683       // object shall be complete.
6684       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
6685           !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
6686           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6687                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
6688         Var->setInvalidDecl();
6689 
6690       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
6691       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
6692           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6693                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6694                                  AbstractVariableType))
6695         Var->setInvalidDecl();
6696       return;
6697 
6698     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
6699       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
6700       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
6701       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
6702       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
6703       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
6704       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
6705         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
6706                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
6707           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
6708                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
6709                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
6710             Var->setInvalidDecl();
6711         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
6712           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
6713           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
6714           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
6715           // NOTE: code such as the following
6716           //     static struct s;
6717           //     struct s { int a; };
6718           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
6719           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
6720           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
6721           if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0)
6722             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6723                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
6724         }
6725       }
6726 
6727       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
6728       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
6729         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
6730       return;
6731     }
6732 
6733     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
6734     // definitions with incomplete array type.
6735     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
6736       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
6737            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
6738       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6739       return;
6740     }
6741 
6742     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
6743     // definitions with reference type.
6744     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
6745       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
6746         << Var->getDeclName()
6747         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
6748       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6749       return;
6750     }
6751 
6752     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
6753     // variable with dependent type.
6754     if (Type->isDependentType())
6755       return;
6756 
6757     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
6758       return;
6759 
6760     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
6761                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
6762                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6763       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6764       return;
6765     }
6766 
6767     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
6768     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6769                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6770                                AbstractVariableType)) {
6771       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6772       return;
6773     }
6774 
6775     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
6776     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
6777     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
6778     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
6779     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
6780     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
6781     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
6782     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
6783     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
6784     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
6785     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
6786       if (const RecordType *Record
6787             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
6788         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
6789         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
6790         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
6791         // incompatibilities with C++98.
6792         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
6793           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6794       }
6795     }
6796 
6797     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
6798     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
6799     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
6800     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
6801     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
6802     //   type shall have a user-declared default
6803     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
6804     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
6805     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
6806     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
6807     //   program is ill-formed.
6808     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
6809     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
6810     //   default-initialized; [...].
6811     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
6812     InitializationKind Kind
6813       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
6814 
6815     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0);
6816     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
6817                                       MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0));
6818     if (Init.isInvalid())
6819       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6820     else if (Init.get()) {
6821       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
6822       // This is important for template substitution.
6823       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
6824     }
6825 
6826     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
6827   }
6828 }
6829 
6830 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
6831   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6832   if (!VD) {
6833     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
6834     D->setInvalidDecl();
6835     return;
6836   }
6837 
6838   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
6839 
6840   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
6841   int Error = -1;
6842   switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) {
6843   case SC_None:
6844     break;
6845   case SC_Extern:
6846     Error = 0;
6847     break;
6848   case SC_Static:
6849     Error = 1;
6850     break;
6851   case SC_PrivateExtern:
6852     Error = 2;
6853     break;
6854   case SC_Auto:
6855     Error = 3;
6856     break;
6857   case SC_Register:
6858     Error = 4;
6859     break;
6860   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
6861     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
6862   }
6863   if (VD->isConstexpr())
6864     Error = 5;
6865   if (Error != -1) {
6866     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
6867       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
6868     D->setInvalidDecl();
6869   }
6870 }
6871 
6872 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
6873   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
6874 
6875   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
6876   // local retaining variable.
6877   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
6878       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
6879     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
6880     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
6881     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
6882     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
6883       break;
6884 
6885     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
6886     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
6887       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6888       break;
6889     }
6890   }
6891 
6892   // All the following checks are C++ only.
6893   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
6894 
6895   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType());
6896   if (baseType->isDependentType()) return;
6897 
6898   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
6899   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6900     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
6901     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
6902 
6903     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
6904     // constructing this copy.
6905     QualType type = var->getType();
6906 
6907     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
6908       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
6909       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
6910       ExprResult result =
6911         PerformCopyInitialization(
6912                         InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
6913                                   poi, Owned(varRef));
6914       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
6915         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
6916         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
6917         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
6918       }
6919     }
6920   }
6921 
6922   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
6923   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
6924 
6925   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && Init) {
6926     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
6927         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
6928                                             var->getLocation())
6929           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored &&
6930         !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
6931       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
6932         << Init->getSourceRange();
6933 
6934     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
6935       llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
6936       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
6937         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
6938         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
6939         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
6940         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
6941               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
6942           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
6943           Notes.clear();
6944         }
6945         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
6946           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
6947         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
6948           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
6949       }
6950     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
6951       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
6952       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
6953       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
6954       var->checkInitIsICE();
6955     }
6956   }
6957 
6958   // Require the destructor.
6959   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
6960     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
6961 }
6962 
6963 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
6964 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
6965 void
6966 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
6967   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
6968   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
6969 }
6970 
6971 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
6972 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
6973                               Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
6974   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
6975 
6976   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
6977     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
6978 
6979   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
6980     if (Decl *D = Group[i])
6981       Decls.push_back(D);
6982 
6983   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(),
6984                               DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto);
6985 }
6986 
6987 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
6988 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
6989 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
6990 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
6991                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
6992   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
6993   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
6994   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
6995   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
6996   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
6997   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
6998   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
6999   if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) {
7000     QualType Deduced;
7001     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
7002     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
7003     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) {
7004       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
7005         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
7006         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
7007         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
7008           break;
7009         if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) {
7010           QualType U = AT->getDeducedType();
7011           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
7012           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
7013             Deduced = U;
7014             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
7015             DeducedDecl = D;
7016           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
7017             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
7018                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
7019               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
7020               << U << D->getDeclName()
7021               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
7022               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
7023             D->setInvalidDecl();
7024             break;
7025           }
7026         }
7027       }
7028     }
7029   }
7030 
7031   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls));
7032 }
7033 
7034 
7035 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
7036 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
7037 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
7038   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
7039 
7040   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
7041   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
7042   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
7043   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None;
7044   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
7045     StorageClass = SC_Register;
7046     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register;
7047   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7048              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
7049     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
7050     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto;
7051   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
7052     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7053          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
7054     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
7055   }
7056 
7057   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
7058     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
7059   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
7060     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
7061       << 0;
7062 
7063   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
7064 
7065   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
7066   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
7067 
7068   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7069     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
7070     // parameter.
7071     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
7072 
7073     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
7074     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7075       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
7076         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7077       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
7078     }
7079   }
7080 
7081   // Ensure we have a valid name
7082   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
7083   if (D.hasName()) {
7084     II = D.getIdentifier();
7085     if (!II) {
7086       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
7087         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString();
7088       D.setInvalidType(true);
7089     }
7090   }
7091 
7092   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
7093   if (II) {
7094     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
7095                    ForRedeclaration);
7096     LookupName(R, S);
7097     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
7098       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7099       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
7100         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
7101         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
7102         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
7103         PrevDecl = 0;
7104       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
7105         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
7106         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7107 
7108         // Recover by removing the name
7109         II = 0;
7110         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
7111         D.setInvalidType(true);
7112       }
7113     }
7114   }
7115 
7116   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
7117   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
7118   // looking like class members in C++.
7119   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
7120                                     D.getLocStart(),
7121                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
7122                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
7123                                     StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten);
7124 
7125   if (D.isInvalidType())
7126     New->setInvalidDecl();
7127 
7128   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
7129   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
7130   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
7131                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
7132 
7133   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
7134   S->AddDecl(New);
7135   if (II)
7136     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
7137 
7138   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
7139 
7140   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
7141     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
7142       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
7143       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
7144       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7145 
7146   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7147     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
7148   }
7149   return New;
7150 }
7151 
7152 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
7153 /// typedef.
7154 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
7155                                               SourceLocation Loc,
7156                                               QualType T) {
7157   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
7158      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
7159      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
7160   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
7161                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
7162                                            SC_None, SC_None, 0);
7163   Param->setImplicit();
7164   return Param;
7165 }
7166 
7167 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
7168                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
7169   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
7170   // will already have done so in the template itself.
7171   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
7172     return;
7173 
7174   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
7175     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
7176         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
7177       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
7178         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
7179     }
7180   }
7181 }
7182 
7183 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
7184                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
7185                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
7186                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
7187   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
7188     return;
7189 
7190   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
7191   // threshold.
7192   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
7193     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
7194     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
7195       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
7196           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
7197   }
7198 
7199   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
7200   // threshold.
7201   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
7202     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
7203     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
7204       continue;
7205     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
7206     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
7207       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
7208           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
7209   }
7210 }
7211 
7212 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7213                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
7214                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
7215                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass,
7216                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) {
7217   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
7218   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
7219       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
7220       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
7221 
7222     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
7223 
7224     // Special cases for arrays:
7225     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
7226     //   - otherwise, it's an error
7227     if (T->isArrayType()) {
7228       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
7229         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
7230             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
7231             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
7232       }
7233       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
7234     } else {
7235       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
7236     }
7237     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
7238   }
7239 
7240   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
7241                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
7242                                          TSInfo,
7243                                          StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten,
7244                                          0);
7245 
7246   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
7247   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
7248   // the class has been completely parsed.
7249   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
7250       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7251                              AbstractParamType))
7252     New->setInvalidDecl();
7253 
7254   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
7255   // passed by reference.
7256   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
7257     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
7258     Diag(NameLoc,
7259          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
7260       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
7261     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
7262     New->setType(T);
7263   }
7264 
7265   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
7266   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
7267   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
7268   // an address space.
7269   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
7270     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
7271     New->setInvalidDecl();
7272   }
7273 
7274   return New;
7275 }
7276 
7277 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
7278                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
7279   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7280 
7281   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
7282   // for a K&R function.
7283   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
7284     for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
7285       --i;
7286       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
7287         SmallString<256> Code;
7288         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
7289                                         << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
7290                                         << ";\n";
7291         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
7292           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
7293           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
7294 
7295         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
7296         // type.
7297         AttributeFactory attrs;
7298         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
7299         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
7300         unsigned DiagID; // unused
7301         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
7302                            PrevSpec, DiagID);
7303         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
7304         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
7305         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
7306       }
7307     }
7308   }
7309 }
7310 
7311 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
7312   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
7313   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
7314   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
7315 
7316   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
7317   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D,
7318                               MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this));
7319   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
7320 }
7321 
7322 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7323   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
7324   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
7325     return false;
7326 
7327   // Or declarations that aren't global.
7328   if (!FD->isGlobal())
7329     return false;
7330 
7331   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
7332   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
7333     return false;
7334 
7335   // Don't warn about 'main'.
7336   if (FD->isMain())
7337     return false;
7338 
7339   // Don't warn about inline functions.
7340   if (FD->isInlined())
7341     return false;
7342 
7343   // Don't warn about function templates.
7344   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
7345     return false;
7346 
7347   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
7348   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
7349     return false;
7350 
7351   bool MissingPrototype = true;
7352   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
7353        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
7354     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
7355     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
7356     if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
7357       continue;
7358 
7359     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
7360     break;
7361   }
7362 
7363   return MissingPrototype;
7364 }
7365 
7366 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7367   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
7368   // was an extern inline function.
7369   const FunctionDecl *Definition;
7370   if (FD->isDefined(Definition) &&
7371       !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) {
7372     if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
7373         Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
7374       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
7375         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
7376     else
7377       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
7378     Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
7379   }
7380 }
7381 
7382 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
7383   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
7384   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
7385 
7386   if (!D)
7387     return D;
7388   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
7389 
7390   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
7391     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
7392   else
7393     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
7394 
7395   // Enter a new function scope
7396   PushFunctionScope();
7397 
7398   // See if this is a redefinition.
7399   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
7400     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
7401 
7402   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
7403   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
7404     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
7405       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
7406       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7407     }
7408   }
7409 
7410   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
7411   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
7412   QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
7413   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
7414       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7415       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
7416                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
7417     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7418 
7419   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
7420   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
7421   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
7422   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
7423   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
7424   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD))
7425     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
7426 
7427   if (FnBodyScope)
7428     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
7429 
7430   // Check the validity of our function parameters
7431   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
7432                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
7433 
7434   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
7435   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
7436     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
7437     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
7438 
7439     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
7440     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
7441       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
7442 
7443       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
7444     }
7445   }
7446 
7447   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
7448   // introduce them into the function scope.
7449   if (FnBodyScope) {
7450     for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
7451            E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) {
7452       NamedDecl *D = *I;
7453 
7454       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
7455       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
7456       // and reattach to the current context.
7457       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
7458         // Is the decl actually in the context?
7459         for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(),
7460                DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) {
7461           if (*DI == D) {
7462             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
7463             break;
7464           }
7465         }
7466         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
7467         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7468       }
7469 
7470       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
7471       if (!D->getName().empty())
7472         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
7473 
7474       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
7475       // accessible in this scope.
7476       if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
7477         for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(),
7478                EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI)
7479           PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
7480       }
7481     }
7482   }
7483 
7484   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
7485   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
7486     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
7487 
7488   // Checking attributes of current function definition
7489   // dllimport attribute.
7490   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
7491   if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
7492     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
7493     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
7494     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
7495         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
7496       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7497            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
7498         << "dllimport";
7499       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7500       return FD;
7501     }
7502 
7503     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
7504     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
7505     if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
7506       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
7507       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
7508       // emitted.
7509       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7510            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
7511         << FD->getName() << "dllimport";
7512     }
7513   }
7514   return FD;
7515 }
7516 
7517 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
7518 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
7519 /// optimization.
7520 ///
7521 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
7522 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
7523 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
7524 /// use the named return value optimization.
7525 ///
7526 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
7527 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
7528 /// the NRVO variable.
7529 ///
7530 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
7531 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
7532 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
7533 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
7534   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
7535 
7536   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
7537   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
7538     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
7539       return;
7540 
7541     if (!NRVOCandidate)
7542       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
7543     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
7544       return;
7545   }
7546 
7547   if (NRVOCandidate)
7548     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
7549 }
7550 
7551 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
7552   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false);
7553 }
7554 
7555 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
7556                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
7557   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
7558   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
7559   if (FunTmpl)
7560     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
7561   else
7562     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
7563 
7564   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
7565   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
7566 
7567   if (FD) {
7568     FD->setBody(Body);
7569 
7570     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
7571     // don't complain about missing return statements.
7572     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
7573       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
7574 
7575     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
7576     // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct.
7577     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure())
7578       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
7579 
7580     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7581       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
7582       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
7583                                              FD->getResultType(), FD);
7584 
7585       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
7586       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
7587         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
7588 
7589       computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
7590     }
7591 
7592     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
7593            "Function parsing confused");
7594   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
7595     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
7596     MD->setBody(Body);
7597     if (Body)
7598       MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd());
7599     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7600       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
7601       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
7602                                              MD->getResultType(), MD);
7603 
7604       if (Body)
7605         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
7606     }
7607     if (ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc) {
7608       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_dealloc);
7609       ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc = false;
7610     }
7611     if (ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize) {
7612       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_finalize);
7613       ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize = false;
7614     }
7615   } else {
7616     return 0;
7617   }
7618 
7619   assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc && "This should only be set for "
7620          "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above.");
7621   assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize && "This should only be set for "
7622          "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above.");
7623 
7624   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
7625   if (Body) {
7626     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
7627     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
7628     // Verify this.
7629     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
7630       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
7631 
7632     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
7633     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
7634         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
7635         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
7636       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
7637 
7638     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
7639       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
7640         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
7641 
7642       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
7643                                              Destructor->getParent());
7644     }
7645 
7646     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
7647     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
7648     // deletion in some later function.
7649     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
7650         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
7651       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
7652     } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
7653       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
7654       // enabled.
7655       ActivePolicy = &WP;
7656     }
7657 
7658     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7659         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
7660          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
7661       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7662 
7663     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
7664     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
7665     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
7666            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
7667   }
7668 
7669   if (!IsInstantiation)
7670     PopDeclContext();
7671 
7672   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
7673 
7674   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
7675   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
7676   // deletion in some later function.
7677   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
7678     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
7679   }
7680 
7681   return dcl;
7682 }
7683 
7684 
7685 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
7686 /// relevant Decl.
7687 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
7688                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
7689   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
7690   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
7691     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
7692   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
7693 
7694   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
7695     if (Method->isStatic())
7696       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
7697 }
7698 
7699 
7700 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
7701 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
7702 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
7703                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
7704   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
7705   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
7706   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
7707   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
7708   llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
7709     = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II);
7710   if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) {
7711     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second;
7712     Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7713     return Pos->second;
7714   }
7715 
7716   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
7717   unsigned diag_id;
7718   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
7719     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
7720   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
7721     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
7722   else
7723     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
7724   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
7725 
7726   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
7727   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
7728   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
7729     TypoCorrection Corrected;
7730     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
7731     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
7732                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) {
7733       std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts());
7734       std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
7735       FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>();
7736 
7737       Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr
7738           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr);
7739 
7740       if (Func->getLocation().isValid()
7741           && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
7742         Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
7743             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
7744     }
7745   }
7746 
7747   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
7748   const char *Dummy;
7749   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
7750   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
7751   unsigned DiagID;
7752   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
7753   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
7754   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
7755   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
7756   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0,
7757                                              0, 0, true, SourceLocation(),
7758                                              SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
7759                                              SourceLocation(),
7760                                              EST_None, SourceLocation(),
7761                                              0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D),
7762                 DS.getAttributes(),
7763                 SourceLocation());
7764   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
7765 
7766   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
7767 
7768   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
7769   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
7770 
7771   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
7772   FD->setImplicit();
7773 
7774   CurContext = PrevDC;
7775 
7776   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
7777 
7778   return FD;
7779 }
7780 
7781 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
7782 /// the declaration of this function.
7783 ///
7784 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
7785 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
7786 /// like NSLog or printf.
7787 ///
7788 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
7789 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
7790 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7791   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
7792     return;
7793 
7794   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
7795   // actual attributes.
7796   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
7797     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
7798     unsigned FormatIdx;
7799     bool HasVAListArg;
7800     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
7801       if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
7802         const char *fmt = "printf";
7803         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
7804         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
7805             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7806           fmt = "NSString";
7807         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
7808                                                fmt, FormatIdx+1,
7809                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
7810       }
7811     }
7812     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
7813                                              HasVAListArg)) {
7814      if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
7815        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
7816                                               "scanf", FormatIdx+1,
7817                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
7818     }
7819 
7820     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
7821     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
7822     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
7823     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
7824         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
7825       if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
7826         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
7827     }
7828 
7829     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
7830         !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
7831       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
7832     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
7833       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
7834     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
7835       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
7836   }
7837 
7838   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
7839   if (!Name)
7840     return;
7841   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7842        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
7843       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
7844        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
7845        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
7846     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
7847     // about.
7848   } else
7849     return;
7850 
7851   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
7852     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
7853     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
7854     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
7855       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
7856                                              "printf", 2,
7857                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
7858   }
7859 }
7860 
7861 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
7862                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
7863   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
7864   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
7865 
7866   if (!TInfo) {
7867     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
7868     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
7869   }
7870 
7871   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
7872   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
7873                                            D.getLocStart(),
7874                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7875                                            D.getIdentifier(),
7876                                            TInfo);
7877 
7878   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
7879   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
7880     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
7881     return NewTD;
7882   }
7883 
7884   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7885     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
7886       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
7887         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
7888         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
7889         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7890     else
7891       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
7892   }
7893 
7894   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
7895   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
7896   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
7897   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
7898   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
7899   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
7900   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
7901   case TST_enum:
7902   case TST_struct:
7903   case TST_union:
7904   case TST_class: {
7905     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
7906 
7907     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
7908     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
7909     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
7910     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
7911 
7912     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
7913     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
7914 
7915     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
7916     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
7917       break;
7918 
7919     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
7920     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
7921     break;
7922   }
7923 
7924   default:
7925     break;
7926   }
7927 
7928   return NewTD;
7929 }
7930 
7931 
7932 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
7933 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
7934   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
7935   QualType T = TI->getType();
7936 
7937   if (T->isDependentType() || T->isIntegralType(Context))
7938     return false;
7939 
7940   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
7941   return true;
7942 }
7943 
7944 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
7945 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
7946 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
7947                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
7948                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
7949   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
7950 
7951   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
7952     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
7953       << Prev->isScoped();
7954     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
7955     return true;
7956   }
7957 
7958   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
7959     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
7960         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
7961         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
7962                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
7963       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
7964         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
7965       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
7966       return true;
7967     }
7968   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
7969     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
7970       << Prev->isFixed();
7971     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
7972     return true;
7973   }
7974 
7975   return false;
7976 }
7977 
7978 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
7979 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
7980 ///
7981 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
7982 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
7983                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
7984                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
7985                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
7986   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
7987   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
7988   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
7989   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
7990   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
7991   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
7992   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
7993   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
7994   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
7995   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
7996   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
7997   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
7998   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
7999   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
8000   if (!isDefinition || (NewTag != TTK_Class && NewTag != TTK_Struct))
8001     if (OldTag == NewTag)
8002       return true;
8003 
8004   if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) &&
8005       (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) {
8006     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
8007     bool isTemplate = false;
8008     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
8009       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
8010 
8011     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8012       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
8013       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
8014       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
8015         << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name;
8016       return true;
8017     }
8018 
8019     if (isDefinition) {
8020       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
8021       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
8022       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
8023         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
8024         return true;
8025       }
8026 
8027       bool previousMismatch = false;
8028       for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
8029            E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
8030         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
8031           if (!previousMismatch) {
8032             previousMismatch = true;
8033             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
8034               << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name;
8035           }
8036           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
8037             << (NewTag == TTK_Class)
8038             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
8039                                             NewTag == TTK_Class?
8040                                             "class" : "struct");
8041         }
8042       }
8043       return true;
8044     }
8045 
8046     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
8047     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
8048     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
8049     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
8050                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
8051     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
8052       return true;
8053     }
8054 
8055     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
8056       << (NewTag == TTK_Class)
8057       << isTemplate << &Name;
8058     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8059 
8060     // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it.
8061     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
8062         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
8063           << (Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class)
8064           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
8065                         Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct");
8066     }
8067 
8068     return true;
8069   }
8070   return false;
8071 }
8072 
8073 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
8074 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
8075 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
8076 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
8077 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
8078                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
8079                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
8080                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
8081                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
8082                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
8083                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
8084                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
8085                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
8086                      TypeResult UnderlyingType) {
8087   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
8088   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
8089   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
8090          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
8091   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
8092 
8093   OwnedDecl = false;
8094   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
8095   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
8096 
8097   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
8098   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
8099   bool Invalid = false;
8100 
8101   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
8102   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
8103   // for non-C++ cases.
8104   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
8105       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
8106     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
8107           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS,
8108                                                 TemplateParameterLists.get(),
8109                                                 TemplateParameterLists.size(),
8110                                                     TUK == TUK_Friend,
8111                                                     isExplicitSpecialization,
8112                                                     Invalid)) {
8113       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
8114         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
8115         // be a member of another template).
8116 
8117         if (Invalid)
8118           return 0;
8119 
8120         OwnedDecl = false;
8121         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
8122                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
8123                                                TemplateParams, AS,
8124                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
8125                                            TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1,
8126                  (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release());
8127         return Result.get();
8128       } else {
8129         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
8130         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
8131           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
8132         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
8133       }
8134     }
8135   }
8136 
8137   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
8138   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
8139   // redeclaration.
8140   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
8141 
8142   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
8143     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
8144       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
8145       // type, default to int.
8146       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8147     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
8148       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
8149       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
8150       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
8151       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
8152       EnumUnderlying = TI;
8153 
8154       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
8155         // Recover by falling back to int.
8156         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8157 
8158       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
8159                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
8160         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8161 
8162     } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
8163       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
8164       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8165   }
8166 
8167   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
8168   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
8169   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
8170 
8171   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
8172   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
8173     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
8174 
8175   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
8176 
8177   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
8178     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
8179 
8180     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
8181     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
8182       Name = 0;
8183       goto CreateNewDecl;
8184     }
8185 
8186     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
8187     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
8188     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
8189       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
8190       if (!DC) {
8191         IsDependent = true;
8192         return 0;
8193       }
8194     } else {
8195       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
8196       if (!DC) {
8197         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
8198           << SS.getRange();
8199         return 0;
8200       }
8201     }
8202 
8203     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
8204       return 0;
8205 
8206     SearchDC = DC;
8207     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
8208     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
8209 
8210     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
8211       return 0;
8212 
8213     if (Previous.empty()) {
8214       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
8215       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
8216       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
8217       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
8218       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
8219       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
8220       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
8221           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
8222         IsDependent = true;
8223         return 0;
8224       }
8225 
8226       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
8227       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
8228         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
8229       Name = 0;
8230       Invalid = true;
8231       goto CreateNewDecl;
8232     }
8233   } else if (Name) {
8234     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
8235     // declaration or definition.
8236     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
8237     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
8238     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
8239     LookupName(Previous, S);
8240 
8241     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
8242         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
8243       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
8244       while (F.hasNext()) {
8245         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
8246         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
8247           F.erase();
8248       }
8249       F.done();
8250     }
8251 
8252     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
8253     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
8254       return 0;
8255 
8256     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
8257       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
8258       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
8259       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
8260       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
8261       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
8262         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
8263     }
8264   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
8265     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
8266     // initial context to the translation unit.
8267     // FIXME: [citation needed]
8268     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
8269   }
8270 
8271   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
8272       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
8273     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
8274     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
8275     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
8276     Previous.clear();
8277   }
8278 
8279   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
8280       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
8281     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
8282     isStdBadAlloc = true;
8283 
8284     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
8285       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
8286       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
8287       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
8288       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
8289     }
8290   }
8291 
8292   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
8293   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
8294   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
8295   // there's a shadow friend decl.
8296   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
8297       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
8298     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
8299     assert(SS.isEmpty());
8300 
8301     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
8302       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
8303       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
8304       //
8305       //          class-key identifier
8306       //
8307       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
8308       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
8309       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
8310       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
8311       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
8312       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
8313       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
8314       //      declaration.
8315       //
8316       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
8317       // C structs and unions.
8318       //
8319       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
8320       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
8321       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
8322       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
8323       //
8324       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
8325       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
8326       //
8327       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
8328       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
8329       // lexical context,
8330       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
8331         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
8332 
8333       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
8334       while (S->isClassScope() ||
8335              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8336               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
8337              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
8338              (S->getEntity() &&
8339               ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()))
8340         S = S->getParent();
8341     } else {
8342       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
8343       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
8344       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
8345       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
8346       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
8347       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
8348     }
8349 
8350     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
8351     // diagnose some problems.
8352     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8353       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
8354       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
8355     }
8356   }
8357 
8358   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8359     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
8360 
8361     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
8362     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
8363     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
8364     // in C++.
8365     //
8366     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
8367     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
8368     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
8369     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
8370     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8371       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8372         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
8373           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
8374           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
8375               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
8376                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
8377             PrevDecl = Tag;
8378             Previous.clear();
8379             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
8380             Previous.resolveKind();
8381           }
8382         }
8383       }
8384     }
8385 
8386     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8387       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
8388       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
8389       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
8390       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
8391           isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) {
8392         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
8393         // struct or something similar.
8394         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
8395                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
8396                                           *Name)) {
8397           bool SafeToContinue
8398             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
8399                Kind != TTK_Enum);
8400           if (SafeToContinue)
8401             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
8402               << Name
8403               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
8404                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
8405           else
8406             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
8407           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8408 
8409           if (SafeToContinue)
8410             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
8411           else {
8412             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
8413             Name = 0;
8414             Previous.clear();
8415             Invalid = true;
8416           }
8417         }
8418 
8419         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
8420           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
8421 
8422           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
8423           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
8424           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
8425             if (ScopedEnum)
8426               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
8427                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
8428                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
8429             return PrevTagDecl;
8430           }
8431 
8432           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
8433           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
8434             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType();
8435           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
8436             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
8437 
8438           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
8439           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
8440           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
8441           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
8442                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
8443             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
8444         }
8445 
8446         if (!Invalid) {
8447           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
8448 
8449           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
8450           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
8451           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
8452           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
8453           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
8454                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
8455             return PrevTagDecl;
8456 
8457           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
8458           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
8459             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
8460               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
8461               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
8462               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
8463               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
8464               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
8465                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
8466                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
8467                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
8468                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
8469                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
8470                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
8471                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
8472                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
8473               }
8474 
8475               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
8476                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
8477                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
8478                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
8479                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
8480                 else
8481                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
8482                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8483                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
8484                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
8485                 // references get the previous definition.
8486                 Name = 0;
8487                 Previous.clear();
8488                 Invalid = true;
8489               }
8490             } else {
8491               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
8492               // about a nested redefinition.
8493               const TagType *Tag
8494                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
8495               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
8496                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
8497                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
8498                      diag::note_previous_definition);
8499                 Name = 0;
8500                 Previous.clear();
8501                 Invalid = true;
8502               }
8503             }
8504 
8505             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
8506             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
8507           }
8508         }
8509         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
8510         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
8511 
8512       } else {
8513         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
8514         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
8515         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
8516         // have distinct types.
8517         Previous.clear();
8518       }
8519       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
8520       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
8521       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
8522 
8523 
8524     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
8525     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
8526     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
8527     } else {
8528       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
8529       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
8530       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
8531       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
8532           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
8533         unsigned Kind = 0;
8534         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8535         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
8536         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
8537         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
8538         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
8539         Invalid = true;
8540 
8541       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
8542       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
8543                                 isExplicitSpecialization)) {
8544         // do nothing
8545 
8546       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
8547       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
8548         unsigned Kind = 0;
8549         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8550         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
8551         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
8552         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
8553         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
8554         Invalid = true;
8555 
8556       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
8557       // case here.
8558       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8559         unsigned Kind = 0;
8560         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8561         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
8562           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
8563         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
8564         Invalid = true;
8565 
8566       // Otherwise, diagnose.
8567       } else {
8568         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
8569         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
8570         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
8571         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8572         Name = 0;
8573         Invalid = true;
8574       }
8575 
8576       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
8577       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
8578       Previous.clear();
8579     }
8580   }
8581 
8582 CreateNewDecl:
8583 
8584   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
8585   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
8586     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
8587 
8588   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
8589   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
8590   // keyword.
8591   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
8592 
8593   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
8594   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
8595   // PrevDecl.
8596   TagDecl *New;
8597 
8598   bool IsForwardReference = false;
8599   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
8600     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
8601     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
8602     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8603                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
8604                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
8605     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
8606     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
8607       TagDecl *Def;
8608       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
8609         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
8610         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
8611       }
8612       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
8613         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
8614           << New;
8615         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8616       } else {
8617         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
8618         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
8619           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
8620         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
8621           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
8622         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
8623 
8624         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
8625         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
8626         // the declaration context.
8627         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
8628           IsForwardReference = true;
8629       }
8630     }
8631 
8632     if (EnumUnderlying) {
8633       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
8634       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
8635         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
8636       else
8637         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
8638       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
8639     }
8640 
8641   } else {
8642     // struct/union/class
8643 
8644     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
8645     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
8646     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8647       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
8648       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8649                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
8650 
8651       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
8652         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
8653     } else
8654       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8655                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
8656   }
8657 
8658   // Maybe add qualifier info.
8659   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
8660     if (SS.isSet()) {
8661       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
8662       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
8663       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
8664       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
8665       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
8666       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
8667           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
8668           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
8669         Invalid = true;
8670 
8671       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
8672       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
8673         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
8674                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
8675                     (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release());
8676       }
8677     }
8678     else
8679       Invalid = true;
8680   }
8681 
8682   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
8683     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
8684     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
8685     //
8686     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
8687     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
8688     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
8689     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
8690     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
8691     // parsing of the struct).
8692     AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
8693 
8694     AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
8695   }
8696 
8697   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
8698     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
8699       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
8700         << 2
8701         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
8702     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
8703     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
8704     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
8705     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
8706       New->setModulePrivate();
8707   }
8708 
8709   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
8710   // check the specialization.
8711   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
8712     Invalid = true;
8713 
8714   if (Invalid)
8715     New->setInvalidDecl();
8716 
8717   if (Attr)
8718     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
8719 
8720   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
8721   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
8722   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
8723     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
8724 
8725   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
8726   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
8727   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
8728 
8729   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
8730   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
8731   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
8732   // the tag name visible.
8733   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
8734     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() ||
8735                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
8736 
8737   // Set the access specifier.
8738   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
8739     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
8740 
8741   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
8742     New->startDefinition();
8743 
8744   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
8745   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
8746     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
8747     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
8748     if (PrevDecl)
8749       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
8750 
8751     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
8752     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
8753     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
8754       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
8755         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
8756   } else if (Name) {
8757     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
8758     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
8759     if (IsForwardReference)
8760       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
8761 
8762   } else {
8763     CurContext->addDecl(New);
8764   }
8765 
8766   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
8767   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
8768     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
8769         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
8770         II->isStr("FILE"))
8771       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
8772 
8773   // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this
8774   // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
8775   if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8776       InFunctionDeclarator && Name)
8777     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
8778 
8779   if (PrevDecl)
8780     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
8781 
8782   OwnedDecl = true;
8783   return New;
8784 }
8785 
8786 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
8787   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
8788   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
8789 
8790   // Enter the tag context.
8791   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
8792 }
8793 
8794 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
8795   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
8796          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
8797   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
8798   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
8799       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
8800   CurContext = OCD;
8801   return IDecl;
8802 }
8803 
8804 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
8805                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
8806                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
8807   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
8808   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
8809 
8810   FieldCollector->StartClass();
8811 
8812   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
8813     return;
8814 
8815   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
8816     Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context));
8817 
8818   // C++ [class]p2:
8819   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
8820   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
8821   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
8822   //   as if it were a public member name.
8823   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
8824     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
8825                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
8826                             Record->getIdentifier(),
8827                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
8828                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
8829   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
8830   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
8831   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
8832   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
8833       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
8834   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
8835   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
8836          "Broken injected-class-name");
8837 }
8838 
8839 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
8840                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
8841   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
8842   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
8843   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
8844 
8845   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
8846   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
8847     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
8848     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
8849       RD->completeDefinition();
8850   }
8851 
8852   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
8853     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
8854 
8855   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
8856   PopDeclContext();
8857 
8858   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
8859   Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
8860 }
8861 
8862 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
8863   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
8864   PopDeclContext();
8865 }
8866 
8867 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
8868   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
8869   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
8870   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
8871 }
8872 
8873 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
8874   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
8875   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
8876 }
8877 
8878 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
8879   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
8880   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
8881   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
8882 
8883   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
8884   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
8885     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
8886       RD->completeDefinition();
8887   }
8888 
8889   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
8890   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
8891   // the FieldCollector.
8892 
8893   PopDeclContext();
8894 }
8895 
8896 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
8897 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
8898                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
8899                                 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
8900                                 bool *ZeroWidth) {
8901   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
8902   if (ZeroWidth)
8903     *ZeroWidth = true;
8904 
8905   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
8906   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
8907   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8908     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
8909     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
8910       return ExprError();
8911     if (FieldName)
8912       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
8913         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
8914     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
8915       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
8916   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
8917                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
8918     return ExprError();
8919 
8920   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
8921   // it now.
8922   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
8923     return Owned(BitWidth);
8924 
8925   llvm::APSInt Value;
8926   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
8927   if (ICE.isInvalid())
8928     return ICE;
8929   BitWidth = ICE.take();
8930 
8931   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
8932     *ZeroWidth = false;
8933 
8934   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
8935   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
8936     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
8937 
8938   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
8939     if (FieldName)
8940       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
8941                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
8942     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
8943       << Value.toString(10);
8944   }
8945 
8946   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
8947     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
8948     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
8949       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8950         if (FieldName)
8951           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
8952             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
8953             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
8954 
8955         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
8956           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
8957       }
8958 
8959       if (FieldName)
8960         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
8961           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
8962           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
8963       else
8964         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
8965           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
8966     }
8967   }
8968 
8969   return Owned(BitWidth);
8970 }
8971 
8972 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
8973 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
8974 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
8975                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
8976   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
8977                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
8978                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
8979   return Res;
8980 }
8981 
8982 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
8983 ///
8984 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
8985                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
8986                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
8987                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
8988                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
8989   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
8990   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
8991   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
8992 
8993   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
8994   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
8995   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8996     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
8997 
8998     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
8999                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
9000       D.setInvalidType();
9001       T = Context.IntTy;
9002       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
9003     }
9004   }
9005 
9006   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
9007 
9008   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
9009     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
9010   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
9011     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9012       << 2;
9013 
9014   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
9015   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
9016   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
9017   LookupName(Previous, S);
9018   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
9019     case LookupResult::Found:
9020     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
9021       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
9022       break;
9023 
9024     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
9025       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
9026       break;
9027 
9028     case LookupResult::NotFound:
9029     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
9030     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
9031       break;
9032   }
9033   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
9034 
9035   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9036     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9037     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9038     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9039     PrevDecl = 0;
9040   }
9041 
9042   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
9043     PrevDecl = 0;
9044 
9045   bool Mutable
9046     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
9047   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
9048   FieldDecl *NewFD
9049     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
9050                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
9051 
9052   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9053     Record->setInvalidDecl();
9054 
9055   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9056     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
9057 
9058   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
9059     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
9060     // with the same name in the same scope.
9061   } else if (II) {
9062     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
9063   } else
9064     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
9065 
9066   return NewFD;
9067 }
9068 
9069 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
9070 ///
9071 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
9072 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
9073 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
9074 /// created.
9075 ///
9076 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
9077 ///
9078 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
9079 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
9080                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
9081                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
9082                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
9083                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
9084                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
9085                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
9086                                 Declarator *D) {
9087   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
9088   bool InvalidDecl = false;
9089   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
9090 
9091   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
9092   // marking this declaration as invalid.
9093   if (T.isNull()) {
9094     InvalidDecl = true;
9095     T = Context.IntTy;
9096   }
9097 
9098   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
9099   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
9100     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
9101       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
9102       Record->setInvalidDecl();
9103       InvalidDecl = true;
9104     } else {
9105       NamedDecl *Def;
9106       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
9107       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
9108         Record->setInvalidDecl();
9109         InvalidDecl = true;
9110       }
9111     }
9112   }
9113 
9114   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
9115   // than a variably modified type.
9116   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9117     bool SizeIsNegative;
9118     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
9119     QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context,
9120                                                            SizeIsNegative,
9121                                                            Oversized);
9122     if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
9123       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
9124       T = FixedTy;
9125     } else {
9126       if (SizeIsNegative)
9127         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
9128       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
9129         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
9130           << Oversized.toString(10);
9131       else
9132         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
9133       InvalidDecl = true;
9134     }
9135   }
9136 
9137   // Fields can not have abstract class types
9138   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
9139                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9140                                              AbstractFieldType))
9141     InvalidDecl = true;
9142 
9143   bool ZeroWidth = false;
9144   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
9145   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
9146     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take();
9147     if (!BitWidth) {
9148       InvalidDecl = true;
9149       BitWidth = 0;
9150       ZeroWidth = false;
9151     }
9152   }
9153 
9154   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
9155   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
9156     unsigned DiagID = 0;
9157     if (T->isReferenceType())
9158       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
9159     else if (T.isConstQualified())
9160       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
9161 
9162     if (DiagID) {
9163       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
9164       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
9165         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
9166       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
9167       Mutable = false;
9168       InvalidDecl = true;
9169     }
9170   }
9171 
9172   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
9173                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
9174   if (InvalidDecl)
9175     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9176 
9177   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9178     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
9179     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9180     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9181   }
9182 
9183   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9184     if (Record->isUnion()) {
9185       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9186         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
9187         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
9188           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
9189           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
9190           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
9191           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
9192           // objects.
9193           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
9194             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9195         }
9196       }
9197 
9198       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
9199       // the program is ill-formed.
9200       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
9201         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
9202           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
9203         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9204       }
9205     }
9206   }
9207 
9208   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
9209   // representation, not a parser representation.
9210   if (D)
9211     // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope?
9212     ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D);
9213 
9214   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
9215   // retainable type.
9216   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
9217     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9218 
9219   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
9220     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
9221 
9222   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
9223   return NewFD;
9224 }
9225 
9226 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
9227   assert(FD);
9228   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
9229 
9230   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9231     return true;
9232 
9233   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
9234   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9235     CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
9236     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
9237       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
9238       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
9239       // copy constructors.
9240 
9241       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
9242       if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
9243         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
9244       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
9245         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
9246       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
9247         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
9248       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor())
9249         member = CXXDestructor;
9250 
9251       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
9252         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x &&
9253             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
9254           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
9255           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
9256           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
9257           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
9258           // members unavailable.
9259           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
9260           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
9261             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
9262               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context,
9263                                   "this system field has retaining ownership"));
9264             return false;
9265           }
9266         }
9267 
9268         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x ?
9269                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
9270                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
9271           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
9272         DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member);
9273         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x;
9274       }
9275     }
9276   }
9277 
9278   return false;
9279 }
9280 
9281 /// If the given constructor is user-provided, produce a diagnostic explaining
9282 /// that it makes the class non-trivial.
9283 static bool DiagnoseNontrivialUserProvidedCtor(Sema &S, QualType QT,
9284                                                CXXConstructorDecl *CD,
9285                                                Sema::CXXSpecialMember CSM) {
9286   if (!CD->isUserProvided())
9287     return false;
9288 
9289   SourceLocation CtorLoc = CD->getLocation();
9290   S.Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << CSM;
9291   return true;
9292 }
9293 
9294 /// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial
9295 /// special member, figure out why.
9296 void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) {
9297   QualType QT(T, 0U);
9298   CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl());
9299 
9300   // Check whether the member was user-declared.
9301   switch (member) {
9302   case CXXInvalid:
9303     break;
9304 
9305   case CXXDefaultConstructor:
9306     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) {
9307       typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter;
9308       for (ctor_iter CI = RD->ctor_begin(), CE = RD->ctor_end(); CI != CE; ++CI)
9309         if (DiagnoseNontrivialUserProvidedCtor(*this, QT, *CI, member))
9310           return;
9311 
9312       // No user-provided constructors; look for constructor templates.
9313       typedef CXXRecordDecl::specific_decl_iterator<FunctionTemplateDecl>
9314           tmpl_iter;
9315       for (tmpl_iter TI(RD->decls_begin()), TE(RD->decls_end());
9316            TI != TE; ++TI) {
9317         CXXConstructorDecl *CD =
9318             dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(TI->getTemplatedDecl());
9319         if (CD && DiagnoseNontrivialUserProvidedCtor(*this, QT, CD, member))
9320           return;
9321       }
9322     }
9323     break;
9324 
9325   case CXXCopyConstructor:
9326     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) {
9327       SourceLocation CtorLoc =
9328         RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation();
9329       Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9330       return;
9331     }
9332     break;
9333 
9334   case CXXMoveConstructor:
9335     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) {
9336       SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation();
9337       Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9338       return;
9339     }
9340     break;
9341 
9342   case CXXCopyAssignment:
9343     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) {
9344       // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy
9345       // assignment, not the type.
9346       SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getLocStart();
9347       Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9348       return;
9349     }
9350     break;
9351 
9352   case CXXMoveAssignment:
9353     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) {
9354       SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation();
9355       Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9356       return;
9357     }
9358     break;
9359 
9360   case CXXDestructor:
9361     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
9362       SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation();
9363       Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9364       return;
9365     }
9366     break;
9367   }
9368 
9369   typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter;
9370 
9371   // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction,
9372   // but not trivial destruction.
9373   if (member != CXXDestructor) {
9374     // Check for virtual bases.  vbases includes indirect virtual bases,
9375     // so we just iterate through the direct bases.
9376     for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi)
9377       if (bi->isVirtual()) {
9378         SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart();
9379         Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1;
9380         return;
9381       }
9382 
9383     // Check for virtual methods.
9384     typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter;
9385     for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me;
9386          ++mi) {
9387       if (mi->isVirtual()) {
9388         SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getLocStart();
9389         Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0;
9390         return;
9391       }
9392     }
9393   }
9394 
9395   bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const;
9396   switch (member) {
9397   case CXXDefaultConstructor:
9398     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break;
9399   case CXXCopyConstructor:
9400     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break;
9401   case CXXCopyAssignment:
9402     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break;
9403   case CXXDestructor:
9404     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break;
9405   default:
9406     llvm_unreachable("unexpected special member");
9407   }
9408 
9409   // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse).
9410   for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) {
9411     const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
9412     assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases");
9413     CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
9414     if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) {
9415       SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart();
9416       Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member;
9417       DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member);
9418       return;
9419     }
9420   }
9421 
9422   // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse).
9423   typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter;
9424   for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe;
9425        ++fi) {
9426     QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(fi->getType());
9427     if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9428       CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl());
9429 
9430       if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) {
9431         SourceLocation FLoc = fi->getLocation();
9432         Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member;
9433         DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member);
9434         return;
9435       }
9436     }
9437 
9438     if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9439       switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) {
9440       case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9441       case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9442         break;
9443 
9444       case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9445       case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9446       case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9447         Diag(fi->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership)
9448           << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime();
9449         return;
9450       }
9451     }
9452   }
9453 
9454   llvm_unreachable("found no explanation for non-trivial member");
9455 }
9456 
9457 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
9458 ///  AST enum value.
9459 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
9460 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
9461   switch (ivarVisibility) {
9462   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
9463   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
9464   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
9465   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
9466   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
9467   }
9468 }
9469 
9470 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
9471 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
9472 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
9473                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
9474                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
9475                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
9476 
9477   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
9478   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
9479   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
9480   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
9481 
9482   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
9483   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
9484 
9485   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9486   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
9487 
9488   if (BitWidth) {
9489     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
9490     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take();
9491     if (!BitWidth)
9492       D.setInvalidType();
9493   } else {
9494     // Not a bitfield.
9495 
9496     // validate II.
9497 
9498   }
9499   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
9500     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
9501     D.setInvalidType();
9502   }
9503   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
9504   // than a variably modified type.
9505   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9506     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
9507     D.setInvalidType();
9508   }
9509 
9510   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
9511   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
9512     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
9513                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
9514   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
9515   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
9516   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9517     return 0;
9518   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
9519   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
9520       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9521     if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) {
9522     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
9523       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
9524       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
9525     }
9526     else
9527       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
9528   } else {
9529     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
9530         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9531       if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
9532         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
9533         return 0;
9534       }
9535     }
9536     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
9537   }
9538 
9539   // Construct the decl.
9540   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
9541                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
9542                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
9543 
9544   if (II) {
9545     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
9546                                            ForRedeclaration);
9547     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
9548         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9549       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
9550       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9551       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9552     }
9553   }
9554 
9555   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
9556   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
9557 
9558   if (D.isInvalidType())
9559     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9560 
9561   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
9562   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
9563     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9564 
9565   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9566     NewID->setModulePrivate();
9567 
9568   if (II) {
9569     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
9570     // these to the interface.
9571     S->AddDecl(NewID);
9572     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
9573   }
9574 
9575   if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 &&
9576       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
9577     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
9578 
9579   return NewID;
9580 }
9581 
9582 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
9583 /// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class
9584 /// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
9585 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
9586 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
9587                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
9588   if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty())
9589     return;
9590 
9591   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
9592   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
9593 
9594   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
9595     return;
9596   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
9597   if (!ID) {
9598     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
9599       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
9600         return;
9601     }
9602     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
9603     else
9604       return;
9605   }
9606   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
9607   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
9608   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
9609 
9610   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
9611                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
9612                               Context.CharTy,
9613                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
9614                                                                DeclLoc),
9615                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
9616                               true);
9617   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
9618 }
9619 
9620 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S,
9621                        SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
9622                        llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
9623                        SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
9624                        AttributeList *Attr) {
9625   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
9626 
9627   // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a
9628   // redeclaration or some other bogus case.  Don't try to add fields to it.
9629   if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9630     return;
9631 
9632   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
9633 
9634   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
9635   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
9636   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
9637   if (Record) {
9638     for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(),
9639                                    e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) {
9640       if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i))
9641         if (IFD->getDeclName())
9642           ++NumNamedMembers;
9643     }
9644   }
9645 
9646   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
9647   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
9648 
9649   bool ARCErrReported = false;
9650   for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
9651        i != end; ++i) {
9652     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
9653 
9654     // Get the type for the field.
9655     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
9656 
9657     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
9658       // Remember all fields written by the user.
9659       RecFields.push_back(FD);
9660     }
9661 
9662     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
9663     // diagnostics about it.
9664     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9665       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9666       continue;
9667     }
9668 
9669     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
9670     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
9671     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
9672     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
9673     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
9674     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
9675     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
9676     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
9677     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
9678     //   array.
9679     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
9680       // Field declared as a function.
9681       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
9682         << FD->getDeclName();
9683       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9684       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9685       continue;
9686     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
9687                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
9688                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
9689                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
9690                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
9691       // Flexible array member.
9692       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
9693       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
9694       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
9695       if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
9696         if (Record->isUnion())
9697           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms)
9698             << FD->getDeclName();
9699         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
9700           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms)
9701             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
9702       } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9703         if (Record->isUnion())
9704           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
9705             << FD->getDeclName();
9706         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
9707           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu)
9708             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
9709       } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) {
9710       if (Record->isUnion())
9711         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
9712           << FD->getDeclName();
9713       else
9714         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
9715           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
9716       } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) {
9717         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct)
9718           << FD->getDeclName();
9719         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9720         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9721         continue;
9722       }
9723       if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() &&
9724           !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) {
9725         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type)
9726           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
9727         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9728         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9729         continue;
9730       }
9731       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
9732       if (Record)
9733         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
9734     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
9735                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
9736                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
9737       // Incomplete type
9738       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9739       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9740       continue;
9741     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9742       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
9743         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
9744         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
9745           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
9746         } else {
9747           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
9748           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
9749           // structures.
9750           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
9751             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
9752               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
9753           else {
9754             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
9755             // other structs as an extension.
9756             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
9757               << FD->getDeclName();
9758             if (Record)
9759               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
9760           }
9761         }
9762       }
9763       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
9764         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
9765     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
9766       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
9767       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
9768         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
9769       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
9770       FD->setType(T);
9771     }
9772     else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9773       if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) {
9774         // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
9775         // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
9776         // so we just make the field unavailable.
9777         // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
9778         // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
9779         QualType T = FD->getType();
9780         Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
9781         if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
9782           SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
9783           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
9784             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
9785               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context,
9786                                 "this system field has retaining ownership"));
9787             }
9788           } else {
9789             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct)
9790               << T->isBlockPointerType();
9791           }
9792           ARCErrReported = true;
9793         }
9794       }
9795       else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
9796                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
9797                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
9798         if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
9799             FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
9800           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
9801         else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
9802           QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
9803           if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
9804               BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
9805             Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
9806           else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
9807                    BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
9808                  Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
9809         }
9810       }
9811     }
9812     // Keep track of the number of named members.
9813     if (FD->getIdentifier())
9814       ++NumNamedMembers;
9815   }
9816 
9817   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
9818   if (Record) {
9819     bool Completed = false;
9820     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
9821       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
9822         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
9823         UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions();
9824         for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end();
9825              I != E; ++I)
9826           Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess());
9827 
9828         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
9829           // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting:
9830           //   If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer
9831           //   type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its
9832           //   default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment
9833           //   operator, and destructor are non-trivial.
9834           //
9835           // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition().
9836           // However, here we check whether this particular class is only
9837           // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member.
9838           // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled
9839           // with instant objects and code compiled with manual retain/release.
9840           if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9841               CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() &&
9842               CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) {
9843             if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) {
9844               Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
9845                    diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member)
9846                << CXXRecord;
9847             } else {
9848               // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location
9849               // for them is going to be tricky.
9850               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
9851                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
9852                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
9853                   << CXXRecord << 0;
9854               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
9855                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
9856                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
9857                 << CXXRecord << 1;
9858               if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor())
9859                 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(),
9860                      diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member)
9861                 << CXXRecord << 2;
9862             }
9863           }
9864 
9865           // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
9866           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x &&
9867               CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor())
9868             AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor());
9869 
9870           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
9871           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
9872 
9873           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
9874           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
9875           // problem now.
9876           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
9877             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
9878             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
9879 
9880             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
9881                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
9882                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
9883               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
9884                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
9885                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
9886                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
9887                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
9888                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
9889                   continue;
9890 
9891                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
9892                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
9893                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
9894                 //   program is ill-formed.
9895                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
9896                   << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
9897                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
9898                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
9899                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
9900                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
9901                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
9902                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
9903                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
9904                     << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
9905 
9906                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
9907               }
9908             }
9909             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
9910             Completed = true;
9911           }
9912         }
9913       }
9914     }
9915 
9916     if (!Completed)
9917       Record->completeDefinition();
9918 
9919   } else {
9920     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
9921       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
9922     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9923       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
9924       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
9925       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9926         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
9927         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
9928       }
9929       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
9930       // duplicates.
9931       if (ID->getSuperClass())
9932         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
9933     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
9934                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9935       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
9936       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
9937         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
9938         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
9939         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
9940       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
9941       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
9942       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
9943     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
9944                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9945       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
9946       // reported as errors elsewhere.
9947       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
9948       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
9949       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
9950       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
9951       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
9952       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9953         if (IDecl) {
9954           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
9955               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
9956             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
9957                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
9958             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9959             continue;
9960           }
9961           for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl =
9962                 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension();
9963                ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) {
9964             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar =
9965                 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
9966               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
9967                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
9968               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9969               continue;
9970             }
9971           }
9972         }
9973         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
9974         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
9975       }
9976       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
9977       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
9978     }
9979   }
9980 
9981   if (Attr)
9982     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
9983 
9984   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass,
9985   // set the visibility of this record.
9986   if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
9987     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record);
9988 }
9989 
9990 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
9991 /// the given type T.
9992 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
9993                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
9994                                         QualType T) {
9995   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
9996   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
9997 
9998   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
9999     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
10000       --BitWidth;
10001     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
10002   }
10003   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
10004 }
10005 
10006 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
10007 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
10008 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
10009   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
10010   // enum checking below.
10011   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
10012   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
10013   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
10014     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
10015   };
10016   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
10017     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
10018     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
10019   };
10020 
10021   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
10022   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
10023                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
10024   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
10025     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
10026       return Types[I];
10027 
10028   return QualType();
10029 }
10030 
10031 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
10032                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
10033                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
10034                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
10035                                           Expr *Val) {
10036   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
10037   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
10038   QualType EltTy;
10039 
10040   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
10041     Val = 0;
10042 
10043   if (Val)
10044     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
10045 
10046   if (Val) {
10047     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
10048       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
10049     else {
10050       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
10051       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && Enum->isFixed() &&
10052           !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
10053         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
10054         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
10055         // constant expression of the underlying type.
10056         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10057         ExprResult Converted =
10058           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
10059                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
10060         if (Converted.isInvalid())
10061           Val = 0;
10062         else
10063           Val = Converted.take();
10064       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
10065                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
10066                                                          &EnumVal).take())) {
10067         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
10068       } else {
10069         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10070           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10071 
10072           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
10073           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
10074           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
10075           // expression checking.
10076           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
10077             if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
10078               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
10079               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10080             } else
10081               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
10082           } else
10083             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10084         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10085           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
10086           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10087           //   is the type of its initializing value:
10088           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
10089           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
10090           EltTy = Val->getType();
10091         } else {
10092           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
10093           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
10094           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
10095           //   representable as an int.
10096 
10097           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
10098           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
10099             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
10100               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
10101               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
10102           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
10103             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
10104             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10105           }
10106           EltTy = Val->getType();
10107         }
10108       }
10109     }
10110   }
10111 
10112   if (!Val) {
10113     if (Enum->isDependentType())
10114       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
10115     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
10116       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
10117       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10118       //   is the type of its initializing value:
10119       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
10120       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
10121       //
10122       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
10123       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
10124       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10125         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10126       }
10127       else {
10128         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
10129       }
10130     } else {
10131       // Assign the last value + 1.
10132       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10133       ++EnumVal;
10134       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
10135 
10136       // Check for overflow on increment.
10137       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
10138         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
10139         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10140         //   is the type of its initializing value:
10141         //
10142         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
10143         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
10144         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
10145         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
10146         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
10147         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
10148         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
10149         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
10150           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
10151           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
10152           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10153           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
10154           ++EnumVal;
10155           if (Enum->isFixed())
10156             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
10157             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
10158               << EnumVal.toString(10)
10159               << EltTy;
10160           else
10161             Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
10162               << EnumVal.toString(10);
10163         } else {
10164           EltTy = T;
10165         }
10166 
10167         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
10168         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
10169         // value, then increment.
10170         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10171         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
10172         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
10173         ++EnumVal;
10174 
10175         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
10176         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
10177         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
10178         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
10179         // integral type.
10180         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
10181           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
10182       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10183                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
10184         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
10185         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
10186           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
10187       }
10188     }
10189   }
10190 
10191   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
10192     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
10193     // enumerator's type.
10194     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
10195     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
10196   }
10197 
10198   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
10199                                   Val, EnumVal);
10200 }
10201 
10202 
10203 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
10204                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
10205                               AttributeList *Attr,
10206                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
10207   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
10208   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
10209     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
10210 
10211   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
10212   // we find one that is.
10213   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
10214 
10215   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
10216   // scope.
10217   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
10218                                          ForRedeclaration);
10219   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
10220     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10221     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
10222     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10223     PrevDecl = 0;
10224   }
10225 
10226   if (PrevDecl) {
10227     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
10228     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
10229     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
10230            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
10231     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
10232       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
10233         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
10234       else
10235         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
10236       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10237       return 0;
10238     }
10239   }
10240 
10241   // C++ [class.mem]p13:
10242   //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
10243   //   name different from T:
10244   //     - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated
10245   //       type
10246   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
10247                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
10248                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
10249     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
10250       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
10251 
10252   EnumConstantDecl *New =
10253     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
10254 
10255   if (New) {
10256     // Process attributes.
10257     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
10258 
10259     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
10260     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
10261     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
10262   }
10263 
10264   return New;
10265 }
10266 
10267 // Emits a warning if every element in the enum is the same value and if
10268 // every element is initialized with a integer or boolean literal.
10269 static void CheckForUniqueEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements,
10270                                      unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum,
10271                                      QualType EnumType) {
10272   if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_identical_enum_values,
10273                                  Enum->getLocation()) ==
10274       DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
10275     return;
10276 
10277   if (NumElements < 2)
10278     return;
10279 
10280   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
10281     return;
10282 
10283   llvm::APSInt FirstVal;
10284 
10285   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10286     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10287     if (!ECD)
10288       return;
10289 
10290     Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
10291     if (!InitExpr)
10292       return;
10293     InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
10294     if (!isa<IntegerLiteral>(InitExpr) && !isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(InitExpr))
10295       return;
10296 
10297     if (i == 0) {
10298       FirstVal = ECD->getInitVal();
10299       continue;
10300     }
10301 
10302     if (FirstVal != ECD->getInitVal())
10303       return;
10304   }
10305 
10306   S.Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_identical_enum_values)
10307       << EnumType << FirstVal.toString(10)
10308       << Enum->getSourceRange();
10309 }
10310 
10311 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
10312                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
10313                          Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements,
10314                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
10315   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
10316   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
10317 
10318   if (Attr)
10319     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
10320 
10321   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
10322     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10323       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
10324         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10325       if (!ECD) continue;
10326 
10327       ECD->setType(EnumType);
10328     }
10329 
10330     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
10331     return;
10332   }
10333 
10334   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
10335   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
10336   // emit a warning.
10337   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
10338   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
10339   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
10340 
10341   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
10342   // reverse the list.
10343   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
10344   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
10345 
10346   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
10347   bool AllElementsInt = true;
10348 
10349   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10350     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
10351       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10352     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
10353 
10354     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
10355 
10356     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
10357     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
10358       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
10359                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
10360     else
10361       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
10362                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
10363 
10364     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
10365     if (AllElementsInt)
10366       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
10367   }
10368 
10369   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
10370   QualType BestType;
10371   unsigned BestWidth;
10372 
10373   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
10374   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
10375   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
10376   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
10377   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
10378   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
10379   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
10380   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
10381   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
10382   QualType BestPromotionType;
10383 
10384   bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
10385   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
10386   // enum definitions.
10387   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
10388     Packed = true;
10389 
10390   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10391     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
10392     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
10393       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
10394     else
10395       BestPromotionType = BestType;
10396     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
10397     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
10398     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
10399     BestWidth = CharWidth;
10400   }
10401   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
10402     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
10403     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
10404     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
10405     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
10406       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
10407       BestWidth = CharWidth;
10408     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
10409                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
10410       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
10411       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
10412     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
10413       BestType = Context.IntTy;
10414       BestWidth = IntWidth;
10415     } else {
10416       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
10417 
10418       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
10419         BestType = Context.LongTy;
10420       } else {
10421         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
10422 
10423         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
10424           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
10425         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
10426       }
10427     }
10428     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
10429   } else {
10430     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
10431     // all of the enumerator values.
10432     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
10433     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
10434       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
10435       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
10436       BestWidth = CharWidth;
10437     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
10438       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
10439       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
10440       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
10441     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
10442       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
10443       BestWidth = IntWidth;
10444       BestPromotionType
10445         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10446                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
10447     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
10448                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
10449       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
10450       BestPromotionType
10451         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10452                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
10453     } else {
10454       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
10455       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
10456              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
10457       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
10458       BestPromotionType
10459         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10460                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
10461     }
10462   }
10463 
10464   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
10465   // the type of the enum if needed.
10466   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10467     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10468     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
10469 
10470     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
10471     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
10472     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
10473     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
10474     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
10475 
10476     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
10477     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
10478 
10479     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
10480     // the enum decl type.
10481     QualType NewTy;
10482     unsigned NewWidth;
10483     bool NewSign;
10484     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10485         !Enum->isFixed() &&
10486         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
10487       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
10488       NewWidth = IntWidth;
10489       NewSign = true;
10490     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
10491       // Already the right type!
10492       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10493         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
10494         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
10495         // enumeration.
10496         ECD->setType(EnumType);
10497       continue;
10498     } else {
10499       NewTy = BestType;
10500       NewWidth = BestWidth;
10501       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
10502     }
10503 
10504     // Adjust the APSInt value.
10505     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
10506     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
10507     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
10508 
10509     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
10510     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
10511         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
10512       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
10513                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
10514                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
10515                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
10516                                                 VK_RValue));
10517     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10518       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
10519       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
10520       // enumeration.
10521       ECD->setType(EnumType);
10522     else
10523       ECD->setType(NewTy);
10524   }
10525 
10526   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
10527                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
10528 
10529   // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about -
10530   // it needs to go into the function scope.
10531   if (InFunctionDeclarator)
10532     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum);
10533 
10534   CheckForUniqueEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType);
10535 }
10536 
10537 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
10538                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
10539                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
10540   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
10541 
10542   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10543                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
10544                                                    EndLoc);
10545   CurContext->addDecl(New);
10546   return New;
10547 }
10548 
10549 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
10550                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
10551                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
10552   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
10553                                                 Module::AllVisible,
10554                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
10555   if (!Mod)
10556     return true;
10557 
10558   llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
10559   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
10560   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
10561     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
10562     // We need the length to be consistent.
10563     if (!ModCheck)
10564       break;
10565     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
10566 
10567     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
10568   }
10569 
10570   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
10571                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
10572                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
10573                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
10574   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
10575   return Import;
10576 }
10577 
10578 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
10579                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
10580                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10581                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
10582                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
10583   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
10584                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
10585   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
10586      ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName());
10587 
10588   if (PrevDecl)
10589     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
10590   else
10591     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
10592       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
10593 }
10594 
10595 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
10596                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10597                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
10598   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
10599 
10600   if (PrevDecl) {
10601     PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context));
10602   } else {
10603     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
10604       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
10605         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
10606   }
10607 }
10608 
10609 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
10610                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
10611                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10612                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
10613                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
10614   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
10615                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
10616   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
10617 
10618   if (PrevDecl) {
10619     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
10620       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
10621         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
10622   } else {
10623     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
10624       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
10625   }
10626 }
10627 
10628 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
10629   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
10630 }
10631 
10632 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
10633   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurLexicalContext());
10634   // A category implicitly has the availability of the interface.
10635   if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D))
10636     D = CatD->getClassInterface();
10637 
10638   return D->getAvailability();
10639 }
10640